summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/doc/pkgsrc.txt
blob: 78f47b6576e8ca3f68f3756f040bfae651d160fb (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
The pkgsrc guide

Documentation on the NetBSD packages system

Alistair Crooks

<agc@NetBSD.org>

Hubert Feyrer

<hubertf@NetBSD.org>

The pkgsrc Developers

Copyright   1994-2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc

$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.26 2007/09/18 08:17:21 rillig Exp $

Abstract

pkgsrc is a centralized package management system for Unix-like operating
systems. This guide provides information for users and developers of pkgsrc. It
covers installation of binary and source packages, creation of binary and
source packages and a high-level overview about the infrastructure.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table of Contents

1. What is pkgsrc?

    1.1. Introduction

        1.1.1. Why pkgsrc?
        1.1.2. Supported platforms

    1.2. Overview
    1.3. Terminology

        1.3.1. Roles involved in pkgsrc

    1.4. Typography

I. The pkgsrc user's guide

    2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date

        2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time

            2.1.1. As tar file
            2.1.2. Via SUP
            2.1.3. Via anonymous CVS

        2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date

            2.2.1. Via tar files
            2.2.2. Via CVS

    3. Using pkgsrc on systems other than NetBSD

        3.1. Binary distribution
        3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc
        3.3. Platform-specific notes

            3.3.1. Darwin (Mac OS X)
            3.3.2. FreeBSD
            3.3.3. Interix
            3.3.4. IRIX
            3.3.5. Linux
            3.3.6. OpenBSD
            3.3.7. Solaris

    4. Using pkgsrc

        4.1. Using binary packages

            4.1.1. Finding binary packages
            4.1.2. Installing binary packages
            4.1.3. Deinstalling packages
            4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages
            4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages
            4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in
                pkgsrc
            4.1.7. Other administrative functions
            4.1.8. A word of warning

        4.2. Building packages from source

            4.2.1. Requirements
            4.2.2. Fetching distfiles
            4.2.3. How to build and install

    5. Configuring pkgsrc

        5.1. General configuration
        5.2. Variables affecting the build process
        5.3. Variables affecting the installation process
        5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler

            5.4.1. Selecting the compiler
            5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (CFLAGS)
            5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (LDFLAGS)

        5.5. Developer/advanced settings
        5.6. Selecting Build Options

    6. Creating binary packages

        6.1. Building a single binary package
        6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages

    7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk builds)

        7.1. Think first, build later
        7.2. Requirements of a bulk build
        7.3. Running an old-style bulk build

            7.3.1. Configuration
            7.3.2. Other environmental considerations
            7.3.3. Operation
            7.3.4. What it does
            7.3.5. Disk space requirements
            7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds
            7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages
            7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build

        7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build

            7.4.1. Configuration

        7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection

            7.5.1. Example of cdpack

    8. Directory layout of the installed files

        8.1. File system layout in ${LOCALBASE}
        8.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE}

    9. Frequently Asked Questions

        9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?
        9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?
        9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)
        9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root
        9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?
        9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?
        9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall
        9.8. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP?
        9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once
        9.10. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc"
            mean?
        9.11. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean?
        9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc
        9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?
        9.14. Automated security checks
        9.15. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS?
        9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?
        9.17. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/???
            merge conflicts" mean?

II. The pkgsrc developer's guide

    10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch

        10.1. Common types of packages

            10.1.1. Perl modules
            10.1.2. KDE applications

        10.2. Examples

            10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc

    11. Package components - files, directories and contents

        11.1. Makefile
        11.2. distinfo
        11.3. patches/*

            11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file
            11.3.2. Creating patch files
            11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from
            11.3.4. Patching guidelines
            11.3.5. Feedback to the author

        11.4. Other mandatory files
        11.5. Optional files

            11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package
            11.5.2. Files affecting the build process
            11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all

        11.6. work*
        11.7. files/*

    12. Programming in Makefiles

        12.1. Caveats
        12.2. Makefile variables

            12.2.1. Naming conventions

        12.3. Code snippets

            12.3.1. Adding things to a list
            12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list
            12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command
            12.3.4. Quoting guideline
            12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make

    13. PLIST issues

        13.1. RCS ID
        13.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation
        13.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST
        13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST
        13.5. Man page compression
        13.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC
        13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs
        13.8. Sharing directories between packages

    14. Buildlink methodology

        14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3
        14.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files

            14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file
            14.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files

        14.3. Writing builtin.mk files

            14.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file
            14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software

    15. The pkginstall framework

        15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix

            15.1.1. Directory manipulation
            15.1.2. File manipulation

        15.2. Configuration files

            15.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set
            15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are
            15.2.3. Patching installations
            15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files

        15.3. System startup scripts

            15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts

        15.4. System users and groups
        15.5. System shells

            15.5.1. Disabling shell registration

        15.6. Fonts

            15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases

    16. Options handling

        16.1. Global default options
        16.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk
        16.3. Option Names
        16.4. Determining the options of dependencies

    17. The build process

        17.1. Introduction
        17.2. Program location
        17.3. Directories used during the build process
        17.4. Running a phase
        17.5. The fetch phase

            17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from
            17.5.2. How are the files fetched?

        17.6. The checksum phase
        17.7. The extract phase
        17.8. The patch phase
        17.9. The tools phase
        17.10. The wrapper phase
        17.11. The configure phase
        17.12. The build phase
        17.13. The test phase
        17.14. The install phase
        17.15. The package phase
        17.16. Cleaning up
        17.17. Other helpful targets

    18. Tools needed for building or running

        18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds
        18.2. Tools needed by packages
        18.3. Tools provided by platforms
        18.4. Questions regarding the tools

    19. Making your package work

        19.1. General operation

            19.1.1. Portability of packages
            19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf
            19.1.3. User interaction
            19.1.4. Handling licenses
            19.1.5. Restricted packages
            19.1.6. Handling dependencies
            19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages
            19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built
            19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed
            19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems
            19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an
                existing package
            19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST
                framework)

        19.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase

            19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain
                downloading
            19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name

        19.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase

            19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool
            19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool
            19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake

        19.4. Programming languages

            19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran
            19.4.2. Java
            19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts
            19.4.4. Other programming languages

        19.5. Fixing problems in the build phase

            19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally
            19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs
            19.5.3. Undefined reference to "..."
            19.5.4. Running out of memory

        19.6. Fixing problems in the install phase

            19.6.1. Creating needed directories
            19.6.2. Where to install documentation
            19.6.3. Installing highscore files
            19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages
            19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters
            19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules
            19.6.7. Packages installing info files
            19.6.8. Packages installing man pages
            19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files
            19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files
            19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts
            19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules
            19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data
            19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database
            19.6.15. Packages using intltool
            19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts
            19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules
            19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation
            19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons
            19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files

        19.7. Marking packages as having problems

    20. Debugging
    21. Submitting and Committing

        21.1. Submitting binary packages
        21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)
        21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages
        21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS
        21.5. Updating a package to a newer version
        21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc

    22. Frequently Asked Questions
    23. GNOME packaging and porting

        23.1. Meta packages
        23.2. Packaging a GNOME application
        23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version
        23.4. Patching guidelines

III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals

    24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure

        24.1. The meaning of variable definitions
        24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise
        24.3. Variable evaluation

            24.3.1. At load time
            24.3.2. At runtime

        24.4. How can variables be specified?
        24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments

            24.5.1. Procedures with parameters
            24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters

        24.6. The order in which files are loaded

            24.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk
            24.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk

    25. Regression tests

        25.1. The regression tests framework
        25.2. Running the regression tests
        25.3. Adding a new regression test

            25.3.1. Overridable functions
            25.3.2. Helper functions

    26. Porting pkgsrc

        26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system
        26.2. Adding support for a new compiler

A. A simple example package: bison

    A.1. files

        A.1.1. Makefile
        A.1.2. DESCR
        A.1.3. PLIST
        A.1.4. Checking a package with pkglint

    A.2. Steps for building, installing, packaging

B. Build logs

    B.1. Building figlet
    B.2. Packaging figlet

C. Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server

    C.1. bootstrap-pkgsrc: Bootstrap kits
    C.2. distfiles: The distributed source files
    C.3. iso: Currently empty
    C.4. misc: Miscellaneous things
    C.5. packages: Binary packages
    C.6. reports: Bulk build reports
    C.7. current, pkgsrc-200xQy: source packages

D. Editing guidelines for the pkgsrc guide

    D.1. Make targets
    D.2. Procedure

List of Tables

1.1. Platforms supported by pkgsrc
11.1. Patching examples
23.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages

Chapter 1. What is pkgsrc?

Table of Contents

1.1. Introduction

    1.1.1. Why pkgsrc?
    1.1.2. Supported platforms

1.2. Overview
1.3. Terminology

    1.3.1. Roles involved in pkgsrc

1.4. Typography

1.1. Introduction

There is a lot of software freely available for Unix-based systems, which is
usually available in form of the source code. Before such software can be used,
it needs to be configured to the local system, compiled and installed, and this
is exactly what The NetBSD Packages Collection (pkgsrc) does. pkgsrc also has
some basic commands to handle binary packages, so that not every user has to
build the packages for himself, which is a time-costly task.

pkgsrc currently contains several thousand packages, including:

  * www/apache - The Apache web server

  * www/firefox - The Firefox web browser

  * meta-pkgs/gnome - The GNOME Desktop Environment

  * meta-pkgs/kde3 - The K Desktop Environment

...just to name a few.

pkgsrc has built-in support for handling varying dependencies, such as pthreads
and X11, and extended features such as IPv6 support on a range of platforms.

1.1.1. Why pkgsrc?

pkgsrc provides the following key features:

  * Easy building of software from source as well as the creation and
    installation of binary packages. The source and latest patches are
    retrieved from a master or mirror download site, checksum verified, then
    built on your system. Support for binary-only distributions is available
    for both native platforms and NetBSD emulated platforms.

  * All packages are installed in a consistent directory tree, including
    binaries, libraries, man pages and other documentation.

  * Package dependencies, including when performing package updates, are
    handled automatically. The configuration files of various packages are
    handled automatically during updates, so local changes are preserved.

  * Like NetBSD, pkgsrc is designed with portability in mind and consists of
    highly portable code. This allows the greatest speed of development when
    porting to new a platform. This portability also ensures that pkgsrc is
    consistent across all platforms.

  * The installation prefix, acceptable software licenses, international
    encryption requirements and build-time options for a large number of
    packages are all set in a simple, central configuration file.

  * The entire source (not including the distribution files) is freely
    available under a BSD license, so you may extend and adapt pkgsrc to your
    needs. Support for local packages and patches is available right out of the
    box, so you can configure it specifically for your environment.

The following principles are basic to pkgsrc:

  * "It should only work if it's right." ? That means, if a package contains
    bugs, it's better to find them and to complain about them rather than to
    just install the package and hope that it works. There are numerous checks
    in pkgsrc that try to find such bugs: Static analysis tools (pkgtools/
    pkglint), build-time checks (portability of shell scripts), and
    post-installation checks (installed files, references to shared libraries,
    script interpreters).

  * "If it works, it should work everywhere" ? Like NetBSD has been ported to
    many hardware architectures, pkgsrc has been ported to many operating
    systems. Care is taken that packages behave the same on all platforms.

1.1.2. Supported platforms

pkgsrc consists of both a source distribution and a binary distribution for
these operating systems. After retrieving the required source or binaries, you
can be up and running with pkgsrc in just minutes!

pkgsrc was derived from FreeBSD's ports system, and initially developed for
NetBSD only. Since then, pkgsrc has grown a lot, and now supports the following
platforms:

Table 1.1. Platforms supported by pkgsrc

+----------------------------------------------------------------+
|                  Platform                   |Date Support Added|
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|NetBSD                                       |     Aug 1997     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|Solaris                                      |     Mar 1999     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|Linux                                        |     Jun 1999     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|Darwin (Mac OS X)                            |     Oct 2001     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|FreeBSD                                      |     Nov 2002     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|OpenBSD                                      |     Nov 2002     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|IRIX                                         |     Dec 2002     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|BSD/OS                                       |     Dec 2003     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|AIX                                          |     Dec 2003     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|Interix (Microsoft Windows Services for Unix)|     Mar 2004     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|DragonFlyBSD                                 |     Oct 2004     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|OSF/1                                        |     Nov 2004     |
|---------------------------------------------+------------------|
|HP-UX                                        |     Apr 2007     |
+----------------------------------------------------------------+


1.2. Overview

This document is divided into three parts. The first, The pkgsrc user's guide,
describes how one can use one of the packages in the Package Collection, either
by installing a precompiled binary package, or by building one's own copy using
the NetBSD package system. The second part, The pkgsrc developer's guide,
explains how to prepare a package so it can be easily built by other NetBSD
users without knowing about the package's building details. The third part, The
pkgsrc infrastructure internals is intended for those who want to understand
how pkgsrc is implemented.

This document is available in various formats: HTML, PDF, PS, TXT.

1.3. Terminology

There has been a lot of talk about "ports", "packages", etc. so far. Here is a
description of all the terminology used within this document.

Package

    A set of files and building instructions that describe what's necessary to
    build a certain piece of software using pkgsrc. Packages are traditionally
    stored under /usr/pkgsrc.

The NetBSD package system

    This is the former name of "pkgsrc". It is part of the NetBSD operating
    system and can be bootstrapped to run on non-NetBSD operating systems as
    well. It handles building (compiling), installing, and removing of
    packages.

Distfile

    This term describes the file or files that are provided by the author of
    the piece of software to distribute his work. All the changes necessary to
    build on NetBSD are reflected in the corresponding package. Usually the
    distfile is in the form of a compressed tar-archive, but other types are
    possible, too. Distfiles are usually stored below /usr/pkgsrc/distfiles.

Port

    This is the term used by FreeBSD and OpenBSD people for what we call a
    package. In NetBSD terminology, "port" refers to a different architecture.

Precompiled/binary package

    A set of binaries built with pkgsrc from a distfile and stuffed together in
    a single .tgz file so it can be installed on machines of the same machine
    architecture without the need to recompile. Packages are usually generated
    in /usr/pkgsrc/packages; there is also an archive on ftp.NetBSD.org.

    Sometimes, this is referred to by the term "package" too, especially in the
    context of precompiled packages.

Program

    The piece of software to be installed which will be constructed from all
    the files in the distfile by the actions defined in the corresponding
    package.

1.3.1. Roles involved in pkgsrc

pkgsrc users

    The pkgsrc users are people who use the packages provided by pkgsrc.
    Typically they are system administrators. The people using the software
    that is inside the packages (maybe called "end users") are not covered by
    the pkgsrc guide.

    There are two kinds of pkgsrc users: Some only want to install pre-built
    binary packages. Others build the pkgsrc packages from source, either for
    installing them directly or for building binary packages themselves. For
    pkgsrc users Part I, "The pkgsrc user's guide" should provide all necessary
    documentation.

package maintainers

    A package maintainer creates packages as described in Part II, "The pkgsrc
    developer's guide".

infrastructure developers

    These people are involved in all those files that live in the mk/ directory
    and below. Only these people should need to read through Part III, "The
    pkgsrc infrastructure internals", though others might be curious, too.

1.4. Typography

When giving examples for commands, shell prompts are used to show if the
command should/can be issued as root, or if "normal" user privileges are
sufficient. We use a # for root's shell prompt, and a % for users' shell
prompt, assuming they use the C-shell or tcsh.

Part I. The pkgsrc user's guide

Table of Contents

2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date

    2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time

        2.1.1. As tar file
        2.1.2. Via SUP
        2.1.3. Via anonymous CVS

    2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date

        2.2.1. Via tar files
        2.2.2. Via CVS

3. Using pkgsrc on systems other than NetBSD

    3.1. Binary distribution
    3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc
    3.3. Platform-specific notes

        3.3.1. Darwin (Mac OS X)
        3.3.2. FreeBSD
        3.3.3. Interix
        3.3.4. IRIX
        3.3.5. Linux
        3.3.6. OpenBSD
        3.3.7. Solaris

4. Using pkgsrc

    4.1. Using binary packages

        4.1.1. Finding binary packages
        4.1.2. Installing binary packages
        4.1.3. Deinstalling packages
        4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages
        4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages
        4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in
            pkgsrc
        4.1.7. Other administrative functions
        4.1.8. A word of warning

    4.2. Building packages from source

        4.2.1. Requirements
        4.2.2. Fetching distfiles
        4.2.3. How to build and install

5. Configuring pkgsrc

    5.1. General configuration
    5.2. Variables affecting the build process
    5.3. Variables affecting the installation process
    5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler

        5.4.1. Selecting the compiler
        5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (CFLAGS)
        5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (LDFLAGS)

    5.5. Developer/advanced settings
    5.6. Selecting Build Options

6. Creating binary packages

    6.1. Building a single binary package
    6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages

7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk builds)

    7.1. Think first, build later
    7.2. Requirements of a bulk build
    7.3. Running an old-style bulk build

        7.3.1. Configuration
        7.3.2. Other environmental considerations
        7.3.3. Operation
        7.3.4. What it does
        7.3.5. Disk space requirements
        7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds
        7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages
        7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build

    7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build

        7.4.1. Configuration

    7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection

        7.5.1. Example of cdpack

8. Directory layout of the installed files

    8.1. File system layout in ${LOCALBASE}
    8.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE}

9. Frequently Asked Questions

    9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?
    9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?
    9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)
    9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root
    9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?
    9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?
    9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall
    9.8. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP?
    9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once
    9.10. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean?
    9.11. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean?
    9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc
    9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?
    9.14. Automated security checks
    9.15. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS?
    9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?
    9.17. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge
        conflicts" mean?

Chapter 2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date

Table of Contents

2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time

    2.1.1. As tar file
    2.1.2. Via SUP
    2.1.3. Via anonymous CVS

2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date

    2.2.1. Via tar files
    2.2.2. Via CVS

Before you download and extract the files, you need to decide where you want to
extract them. When using pkgsrc as root user, pkgsrc is usually installed in /
usr/pkgsrc. You are though free to install the sources and binary packages
wherever you want in your filesystem, provided that the pathname does not
contain white-space or other characters that are interpreted specially by the
shell and some other programs. A safe bet is to use only letters, digits,
underscores and dashes.

2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time

Before you download any pkgsrc files, you should decide whether you want the
current branch or the stable branch. The latter is forked on a quarterly basis
from the current branch and only gets modified for security updates. The names
of the stable branches are built from the year and the quarter, for example
2007Q4.

The second step is to decide how you want to download pkgsrc. You can get it as
a tar file, via SUP, or via CVS. All three ways are described here.

2.1.1. As tar file

The primary download location for all pkgsrc files is ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/
pkgsrc/. There are a number of subdirectories for different purposes, which are
described in detail in Appendix C, Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server.

The tar file for the current branch is in the directory current and is called
pkgsrc.tar.gz. It is autogenerated daily.

The tar file for the stable branch 2007Q4 is in the directory pkgsrc-2007Q4 and
is also called pkgsrc-2007Q4.tar.gz.

To download a pkgsrc stable tarball, run:

$ ftp ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/pkgsrc-200xQy/pkgsrc-200xQy.tar.gz

Where pkgsrc-200xQy is the stable branch to be downloaded, for example,
"pkgsrc-2007Q4".

Then, extract it with:

$ tar -xzf pkgsrc-200xQy.tar.gz -C /usr

This will create the directory pkgsrc/ in /usr/ and all the package source will
be stored under /usr/pkgsrc/.

To download pkgsrc-current, run:

$ ftp ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.gz

2.1.2. Via SUP

As an alternative to the tar file, you can get pkgsrc via the Software Update
Protocol, SUP. To do so, make sure your supfile has a line

release=pkgsrc

in it, see the examples in /usr/share/examples/supfiles, and that the /usr/
pkgsrc directory exists. Then, simply run:

$ sup -v /path/to/your/supfile.

2.1.3. Via anonymous CVS

To do an initial (full) checkout of pkgsrc, you first have to set some
environment variables. For the C-Shell, type:

% setenv CVSROOT anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot
% setenv CVS_RSH ssh

Or, the same for the bourne shell:

$ export CVSROOT="anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot"
$ export CVS_RSH="ssh"

By default, CVS doesn't do things like most people would expect it to do. But
there is a way to convince CVS, by creating a file called .cvsrc in your home
directory and saving the following lines to it. This file will save you lots of
headache and some bug reports, so we strongly recommend it. You can find an
explanation of this file in the CVS documentation.

# recommended CVS configuration file from the pkgsrc guide
checkout -P
update -dP
release -d
diff -upN
cvs -q -z3
rdiff -u

To fetch a specific pkgsrc stable branch from scratch, run:

$ cd /usr
$ cvs checkout -r pkgsrc-200xQy -P pkgsrc

Where pkgsrc-200xQy is the stable branch to be checked out, for example,
"pkgsrc-2007Q4"

This will create the directory pkgsrc/ in your /usr/ directory and all the
package source will be stored under /usr/pkgsrc/.

To fetch the pkgsrc current branch, run:

$ cd /usr
$ cvs checkout -P pkgsrc

2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date

The preferred way to keep pkgsrc up-to-date is via CVS (which also works if you
have first installed it via a tar file). It saves bandwidth and hard disk
activity, compared to downloading the tar file again.

2.2.1. Via tar files

Warning

When updating from a tar file, you first need to completely remove the old
pkgsrc directory. Otherwise those files that have been removed from pkgsrc in
the mean time will not be removed on your local disk, resulting in
inconsistencies. When removing the old files, any changes that you have done to
the pkgsrc files will be lost after updating. Therefore updating via CVS is
strongly recommended.

Note that by default the distfiles and the binary packages are saved in the
pkgsrc tree, so don't forget to rescue them before updating. You can also
configure pkgsrc to use other than the default directories by setting the
DISTDIR and PACKAGES variables. See Chapter 5, Configuring pkgsrc for the
details.

To update pkgsrc from a tar file, download the tar file as explained above.
Then, make sure that you have not made any changes to the files in the pkgsrc
directory. Remove the pkgsrc directory and extract the new tar file. Done.

2.2.2. Via CVS

To update pkgsrc via CVS, make sure the environment variable CVS_RSH is set as
above. Then, change to the pkgsrc directory and run cvs:

$ cd /usr/pkgsrc
$ cvs update -dP

2.2.2.1. Switching between different pkgsrc branches

When updating pkgsrc, the CVS program keeps track of the branch you selected.
But if you, for whatever reason, want to switch from the stable branch to the
current one, you can do it by adding the option "-A" after the "update"
keyword. To switch from the current branch back to the stable branch, add the
"-rpkgsrc-2007Q4" option.

2.2.2.2. What happens to my changes when updating?

When you update pkgsrc, the CVS program will only touch those files that are
registered in the CVS repository. That means that any packages that you created
on your own will stay unmodified. If you change files that are managed by CVS,
later updates will try to merge your changes with those that have been done by
others. See the CVS manual, chapter "update" for details.

Chapter 3. Using pkgsrc on systems other than NetBSD

Table of Contents

3.1. Binary distribution
3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc
3.3. Platform-specific notes

    3.3.1. Darwin (Mac OS X)
    3.3.2. FreeBSD
    3.3.3. Interix
    3.3.4. IRIX
    3.3.5. Linux
    3.3.6. OpenBSD
    3.3.7. Solaris

3.1. Binary distribution

See Section 4.1, "Using binary packages".

3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc

Installing the bootstrap kit from source should be as simple as:

# env CVS_RSH=ssh cvs -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot checkout pkgsrc
# cd pkgsrc/bootstrap
# ./bootstrap


See Chapter 2, Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date for other ways
to get pkgsrc before bootstrapping. The given bootstrap command will use the
defaults of /usr/pkg for the prefix where programs will be installed in, and /
var/db/pkg for the package database directory where pkgsrc will do its internal
bookkeeping. However, these can also be set using command-line arguments.

Note

The bootstrap installs a bmake tool. Use this bmake when building via pkgsrc.
For examples in this guide, use bmake instead of "make".

3.3. Platform-specific notes

Here are some platform-specific notes you should be aware of.

3.3.1. Darwin (Mac OS X)

Darwin 5.x and up are supported. There are two methods of using pkgsrc on Mac
OS X, by using a disk image, or a UFS or HFSX partition.

Before you start, you will need to download and install the Mac OS X Developer
Tools from Apple's Developer Connection. See http://developer.apple.com/macosx/
for details. Also, make sure you install X11 for Mac OS X and the X11 SDK from
http://www.apple.com/macosx/x11/download/ if you intend to build packages that
use the X11 Window System.

If you already have a UFS or HFSX partition, or have a spare partition that you
can format as UFS or HFSX, it is recommended to use that instead of the disk
image. It'll be somewhat faster and will mount automatically at boot time,
where you must manually mount a disk image.

Note

You cannot use an ordinary HFS+ file system for pkgsrc, because pkgsrc
currently requires the file system to be case-sensitive. You can, however, use
a case-sensitive HFS+ (aka HFSX) file system as found in Darwin 7.0 and newer.

3.3.1.1. Using a disk image

Create the disk image:

# cd pkgsrc/bootstrap
# ./darwindiskimage create ~/Documents/NetBSD 1024 # megabytes - season to taste
# ./darwindiskimage mount ~/Documents/NetBSD
# sudo chown `id -u`:`id -g` /Volumes/NetBSD

Note

darwindiskimage will mount the filesystem nosuid, which will cause problems for
packages that depend on setgid. In the case of UFS, it will also mount the
filesystem asynchronous, which is somewhat dangerous according to the mount(8)
man page. In the case of HFSX, it will disable journaling.

Allow suid:

# sudo mount -u -o suid /Volumes/NetBSD

Changing the build directory:

After bootstrapping you need to change the default package build directory to
somewhere outside the disk image so it doesn't get filled up in the process of
building packages. Add something like that to mk.conf.

          WRKOBJDIR?=           /tmp/pkgsrc         # build here instead of in pkgsrc


3.3.1.2. Using a UFS or HFSX partition

By default, /usr will be on your root file system, normally HFS+. It is
possible to use the default prefix of /usr/pkg by symlinking /usr/pkg to a
directory on a UFS or HFSX file system. Obviously, another symlink is required
if you want to place the package database directory outside the prefix. e.g.

# ./bootstrap --pkgdbdir /usr/pkg/pkgdb

If you created your partitions at the time of installing Mac OS X and formatted
the target partition as UFS or HFSX, it should automatically mount on /Volumes/
<volume name> when the machine boots. If you are (re)formatting a partition as
UFS or HFSX, you need to ensure that the partition map correctly reflects
"Apple_UFS" or "Apple_HFSX" and not "Apple_HFS".

The problem is that none of the disk tools will let you touch a disk that is
booted from. You can unmount the partition, but even if you newfs it, the
partition type will be incorrect and the automounter won't mount it. It can be
mounted manually, but it won't appear in Finder.

You'll need to boot off of the OS X Installation (User) CD. When the
Installation program starts, go up to the menu and select Disk Utility. Now,
you will be able to select the partition you want to be UFS or HFSX, and Format
it Apple UFS or HFSX. Quit the Disk Utility, quit the installer which will
reboot your machine. The new UFS or HFSX file system will appear in Finder.

Be aware that the permissions on the new file system will be writable by root
only.

This note is as of 10.2 (Jaguar) and applies to earlier versions. Hopefully
Apple will fix Disk Utility in 10.3 (Panther).

3.3.2. FreeBSD

FreeBSD 4.7 and 5.0 have been tested and are supported, other versions may
work.

Care should be taken so that the tools that this kit installs do not conflict
with the FreeBSD userland tools. There are several steps:

 1. FreeBSD stores its ports pkg database in /var/db/pkg. It is therefore
    recommended that you choose a different location (e.g. /usr/pkgdb) by using
    the --pkgdbdir option to the bootstrap script.

 2. If you do not intend to use the FreeBSD ports tools, it's probably a good
    idea to move them out of the way to avoid confusion, e.g.

    # cd /usr/sbin
    # mv pkg_add pkg_add.orig
    # mv pkg_create pkg_create.orig
    # mv pkg_delete pkg_delete.orig
    # mv pkg_info pkg_info.orig


 3. An example mk.conf file will be placed in /etc/mk.conf.example file when
    you use the bootstrap script.

3.3.3. Interix

Interix is a POSIX-compatible subsystem for the Windows NT kernel, providing a
Unix-like environment with a tighter kernel integration than available with
Cygwin. It is part of the Windows Services for Unix package, available for free
for any licensed copy of Windows 2000, XP (not including XP Home), or 2003. SFU
can be downloaded from http://www.microsoft.com/windows/sfu/.

Services for Unix 3.5 has been tested. 3.0 or 3.1 may work, but are not
officially supported. (The main difference in 3.0/3.1 is lack of pthreads, but
other parts of libc may also be lacking.)

Services for Unix Applications (aka SUA) is an integrated component of Windows
Server 2003 R2 and Windows Vista. As of this writing, SUA's Interix 5.x
subsystem has not yet been tested with pkgsrc.

3.3.3.1. When installing Interix/SFU

At an absolute minimum, the following packages must be installed from the
Windows Services for Unix 3.5 distribution in order to use pkgsrc:

  * Utilities -> Base Utilities

  * Interix GNU Components -> (all)

  * Remote Connectivity

  * Interix SDK

When using pkgsrc on Interix, DO NOT install the Utilities subcomponent "UNIX
Perl". That is Perl 5.6 without shared module support, installed to /usr/local,
and will only cause confusion. Instead, install Perl 5.8 from pkgsrc (or from a
binary package).

The Remote Connectivity subcomponent "Windows Remote Shell Service" does not
need to be installed, but Remote Connectivity itself should be installed in
order to have a working inetd.

During installation you may be asked whether to enable setuid behavior for
Interix programs, and whether to make pathnames default to case-sensitive.
Setuid should be enabled, and case-sensitivity MUST be enabled. (Without
case-sensitivity, a large number of packages including perl will not build.)

NOTE: Newer Windows service packs change the way binary execution works (via
the Data Execution Prevention feature). In order to use pkgsrc and other
gcc-compiled binaries reliably, a hotfix containing POSIX.EXE, PSXDLL.DLL,
PSXRUN.EXE, and PSXSS.EXE (899522 or newer) must be installed. Hotfixes are
available from Microsoft through a support contract; however, Debian Interix
Port has made most Interix hotfixes available for personal use from http://
www.debian-interix.net/hotfixes/.

In addition to the hotfix noted above, it may be necessary to disable Data
Execution Prevention entirely to make Interix functional. This may happen only
with certain types of CPUs; the cause is not fully understood at this time. If
gcc or other applications still segfault repeatedly after installing one of the
hotfixes note above, the following option can be added to the appropriate
"boot.ini" line on the Windows boot drive: /NoExecute=AlwaysOff (WARNING, this
will disable DEP completely, which may be a security risk if applications are
often run as a user in the Administrators group!)

3.3.3.2. What to do if Interix/SFU is already installed

If SFU is already installed and you wish to alter these settings to work with
pkgsrc, note the following things.

  * To uninstall UNIX Perl, use Add/Remove Programs, select Microsoft Windows
    Services for UNIX, then click Change. In the installer, choose Add or
    Remove, then uncheck Utilities->UNIX Perl.

  * To enable case-sensitivity for the file system, run REGEDIT.EXE, and change
    the following registry key:

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session Manager\kernel

    Set the DWORD value "obcaseinsensitive" to 0; then reboot.

  * To enable setuid binaries (optional), run REGEDIT.EXE, and change the
    following registry key:

    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Services for UNIX

    Set the DWORD value "EnableSetuidBinaries" to 1; then reboot.

3.3.3.3. Important notes for using pkgsrc

The package manager (either the pkgsrc "su" user, or the user running
"pkg_add") must be a member of the local Administrators group. Such a user must
also be used to run the bootstrap. This is slightly relaxed from the normal
pkgsrc requirement of "root".

The package manager should use a umask of 002. "make install" will
automatically complain if this is not the case. This ensures that directories
written in /var/db/pkg are Administrators-group writeable.

The popular Interix binary packages from http://www.interopsystems.com/ use an
older version of pkgsrc's pkg_* tools. Ideally, these should NOT be used in
conjunction with pkgsrc. If you choose to use them at the same time as the
pkgsrc packages, ensure that you use the proper pkg_* tools for each type of
binary package.

The TERM setting used for DOS-type console windows (including those invoked by
the csh and ksh startup shortcuts) is "interix". Most systems don't have a
termcap/terminfo entry for it, but the following .termcap entry provides
adequate emulation in most cases:

interix:kP=\E[S:kN=\E[T:kH=\E[U:dc@:DC@:tc=pcansi:


3.3.3.4. Limitations of the Interix platform

Though Interix suffices as a familiar and flexible substitute for a full
Unix-like platform, it has some drawbacks that should be noted for those
desiring to make the most of Interix.

  * X11:

    Interix comes with the standard set of X11R6 client libraries, and can run
    X11 based applications, but it does not come with an X server. Some options
    are StarNet X-Win32, Hummingbird Exceed (available in a trimmed version for
    Interix from Interop Systems as the Interop X Server), and the free X11
    server included with Cygwin.

  * X11 acceleration:

    Because Interix runs in a completely different NT subsystem from Win32
    applications, it does not currently support various X11 protocol extensions
    for acceleration (such as MIT-SHM or DGA). Most interactive applications to
    a local X server will run reasonably fast, but full motion video and other
    graphics intensive applications may require a faster-than-expected CPU.

  * Audio:

    Interix has no native support for audio output. For audio support, pkgsrc
    uses the esound client/server audio system on Interix. Unlike on most
    platforms, the audio/esound package does not contain the esd server
    component. To output audio via an Interix host, the emulators/cygwin_esound
    package must also be installed.

  * CD/DVDs, USB, and SCSI:

    Direct device access is not currently supported in Interix, so it is not
    currently possible to access CD/DVD drives, USB devices, or SCSI devices
    through non-filesystem means. Among other things, this makes it impossible
    to use Interix directly for CD/DVD burning.

  * Tape drives:

    Due to the same limitations as for CD-ROMs and SCSI devices, tape drives
    are also not directly accessible in Interix. However, support is in work to
    make tape drive access possible by using Cygwin as a bridge (similarly to
    audio bridged via Cygwin's esound server).

3.3.3.5. Known issues for pkgsrc on Interix

It is not necessary, in general, to have a "root" user on the Windows system;
any member of the local Administrators group will suffice. However, some
packages currently assume that the user named "root" is the privileged user. To
accommodate these, you may create such a user; make sure it is in the local
group Administrators (or your language equivalent).

pkg_add creates directories of mode 0755, not 0775, in $PKG_DBDIR. For the time
being, install packages as the local Administrator (or your language
equivalent), or run the following command after installing a package to work
around the issue:

# chmod -R g+w $PKG_DBDIR


3.3.4. IRIX

You will need a working C compiler, either gcc or SGI's MIPS and MIPSpro
compiler (cc/c89). Please set the CC environment variable according to your
preference. If you do not have a license for the MIPSpro compiler suite, you
can download a gcc tardist file from http://freeware.sgi.com/.

Please note that you will need IRIX 6.5.17 or higher, as this is the earliest
version of IRIX providing support for if_indextoname(3), if_nametoindex(3),
etc.

At this point in time, pkgsrc only supports one ABI at a time. That is, you
cannot switch between the old 32-bit ABI, the new 32-bit ABI and the 64-bit
ABI. If you start out using "abi=n32", that's what all your packages will be
built with.

Therefore, please make sure that you have no conflicting CFLAGS in your
environment or the mk.conf. Particularly, make sure that you do not try to link
n32 object files with lib64 or vice versa. Check your /etc/compiler.defaults!

If you have the actual pkgsrc tree mounted via NFS from a different host,
please make sure to set WRKOBJDIR to a local directory, as it appears that IRIX
linker occasionally runs into issues when trying to link over a network-mounted
file system.

The bootstrapping process should set all the right options for programs such as
imake(1), but you may want to set some options depending on your local setup.
Please see pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf and, of course, your compiler's man pages
for details.

If you are using SGI's MIPSPro compiler, please set

PKGSRC_COMPILER=        mipspro


in mk.conf. Otherwise, pkgsrc will assume you are using gcc and may end up
passing invalid flags to the compiler. Note that bootstrap should create an
appropriate mk.conf.example by default.

If you have both the MIPSPro compiler chain installed as well as gcc, but want
to make sure that MIPSPro is used, please set your PATH to not include the
location of gcc (often /usr/freeware/bin), and (important) pass the
'--preserve-path' flag.

3.3.5. Linux

Some versions of Linux (for example Debian GNU/Linux) need either libtermcap or
libcurses (libncurses). Installing the distributions libncurses-dev package (or
equivalent) should fix the problem.

pkgsrc supports both gcc (GNU Compiler Collection) and icc (Intel C++
Compiler). gcc is the default. icc 8.0 and 8.1 on i386 have been tested.

To bootstrap using icc, assuming the default icc installation directory:

env CC=/opt/intel_cc_80/bin/icc LDFLAGS=-static-libcxa \
ac_cv___attribute__=yes ./bootstrap


Note

icc 8.1 needs the `-i-static' argument instead of -static-libcxa.

icc supports __attribute__, but the GNU configure test uses a nested function,
which icc does not support. #undef'ing __attribute__ has the unfortunate
side-effect of breaking many of the Linux header files, which cannot be
compiled properly without __attribute__. The test must be overridden so that
__attribute__ is assumed supported by the compiler.

After bootstrapping, you should set PKGSRC_COMPILER in mk.conf:

PKGSRC_COMPILER=        icc


The default installation directory for icc is /opt/intel_cc_80, which is also
the pkgsrc default. If you have installed it into a different directory, set
ICCBASE in mk.conf:

ICCBASE=                /opt/icc


pkgsrc uses the static linking method of the runtime libraries provided by icc,
so binaries can be run on other systems which do not have the shared libraries
installed.

Libtool, however, extracts a list of libraries from the ld(1) command run when
linking a C++ shared library and records it, throwing away the -Bstatic and
-Bdynamic options interspersed between the libraries. This means that
libtool-linked C++ shared libraries will have a runtime dependency on the icc
libraries until this is fixed in libtool.

3.3.6. OpenBSD

OpenBSD 3.0 and 3.2 are tested and supported.

Care should be taken so that the tools that this kit installs do not conflict
with the OpenBSD userland tools. There are several steps:

 1. OpenBSD stores its ports pkg database in /var/db/pkg. It is therefore
    recommended that you choose a different location (e.g. /usr/pkgdb) by using
    the --pkgdbdir option to the bootstrap script.

 2. If you do not intend to use the OpenBSD ports tools, it's probably a good
    idea to move them out of the way to avoid confusion, e.g.

    # cd /usr/sbin
    # mv pkg_add pkg_add.orig
    # mv pkg_create pkg_create.orig
    # mv pkg_delete pkg_delete.orig
    # mv pkg_info pkg_info.orig


 3. An example mk.conf file will be placed in /etc/mk.conf.example file when
    you use the bootstrap script. OpenBSD's make program uses mk.conf as well.
    You can work around this by enclosing all the pkgsrc-specific parts of the
    file with:

    .ifdef BSD_PKG_MK
    # pkgsrc stuff, e.g. insert defaults/mk.conf or similar here
    .else
    # OpenBSD stuff
    .endif


3.3.7. Solaris

Solaris 2.6 through 9 are supported on both x86 and sparc. You will need a
working C compiler. Both gcc 2.95.3 and Sun WorkShop 5 have been tested.

The following packages are required on Solaris 8 for the bootstrap process and
to build packages.

  * SUNWsprot

  * SUNWarc

  * SUNWbtool

  * SUNWtoo

  * SUNWlibm

Please note that the use of GNU binutils on Solaris is not supported, as of
June 2006.

Whichever compiler you use, please ensure the compiler tools and your $prefix
are in your PATH. This includes /usr/ccs/{bin,lib} and e.g. /usr/pkg/
{bin,sbin}.

3.3.7.1. If you are using gcc

It makes life much simpler if you only use the same gcc consistently for
building all packages.

It is recommended that an external gcc be used only for bootstrapping, then
either build gcc from lang/gcc or install a binary gcc package, then remove gcc
used during bootstrapping.

Binary packages of gcc can be found through http://www.sunfreeware.com/.

3.3.7.2. If you are using Sun WorkShop

You will need at least the following packages installed (from WorkShop 5.0)

  * SPROcc - Sun WorkShop Compiler C 5.0

  * SPROcpl - Sun WorkShop Compiler C++ 5.0

  * SPROild - Sun WorkShop Incremental Linker

  * SPROlang - Sun WorkShop Compilers common components

You should set the following variables in your mk.conf file:

CC=     cc
CXX=    CC
CPP=    cc -E
CXXCPP= CC -E

Note

The CPP setting might break some packages that use the C preprocessor for
processing things other than C source code.

3.3.7.3. Building 64-bit binaries with SunPro

To build 64-bit packages, you just need to have the following lines in your
mk.conf file:

PKGSRC_COMPILER=        sunpro
ABI=                    64

Note

This setting has been tested for the SPARC architecture. Intel and AMD machines
need some more work.

3.3.7.4. Common problems

Sometimes, when using libtool, /bin/ksh crashes with a segmentation fault. The
workaround is to use another shell for the configure scripts, for example by
installing shells/bash and adding the following lines to your mk.conf:

CONFIG_SHELL=   ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bash
WRAPPER_SHELL=  ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bash


Then, rebuild the devel/libtool-base package.

Chapter 4. Using pkgsrc

Table of Contents

4.1. Using binary packages

    4.1.1. Finding binary packages
    4.1.2. Installing binary packages
    4.1.3. Deinstalling packages
    4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages
    4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages
    4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in pkgsrc
    4.1.7. Other administrative functions
    4.1.8. A word of warning

4.2. Building packages from source

    4.2.1. Requirements
    4.2.2. Fetching distfiles
    4.2.3. How to build and install

Basically, there are two ways of using pkgsrc. The first is to only install the
package tools and to use binary packages that someone else has prepared. This
is the "pkg" in pkgsrc. The second way is to install the "src" of pkgsrc, too.
Then you are able to build your own packages, and you can still use binary
packages from someone else.

4.1. Using binary packages

On the ftp.NetBSD.org server and its mirrors, there are collections of binary
packages, ready to be installed. These binary packages have been built using
the default settings for the directories, that is:

  * /usr/pkg for LOCALBASE, where most of the files are installed,

  * /usr/pkg/etc for configuration files,

  * /var for VARBASE, where those files are installed that may change after
    installation.

If you cannot use these directories for whatever reasons (maybe because you're
not root), you cannot use these binary packages, but have to build the packages
yourself, which is explained in Section 3.2, "Bootstrapping pkgsrc".

4.1.1. Finding binary packages

To install binary packages, you first need to know from where to get them. The
first place where you should look is on the main pkgsrc FTP server in the
directory /pub/pkgsrc/packages.

This directory contains binary packages for multiple platforms. First, select
your operating system. (Ignore the directories with version numbers attached to
it, they just exist for legacy reasons.) Then, select your hardware
architecture, and in the third step, the OS version and the "version" of
pkgsrc.

In this directory, you often find a file called bootstrap.tar.gz which contains
the package management tools. If the file is missing, it is likely that your
operating system already provides those tools. Download the file and extract it
in the / directory. It will create the directories /usr/pkg (containing the
tools for managing binary packages) and /var/db/pkg (the database of installed
packages).

4.1.2. Installing binary packages

In the directory from the last section, there is a subdirectory called All,
which contains all the binary packages that are available for the platform,
excluding those that may not be distributed via FTP or CDROM (depending on
which medium you are using), and the ones that have vulnerabilities and
therefore are considered insecure to install without thinking before.

To install packages directly from an FTP or HTTP server, run the following
commands in a Bourne-compatible shell (be sure to su to root first):

# PATH="/usr/pkg/sbin:$PATH"
# PKG_PATH="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/OPSYS/ARCH/VERSIONS/All"
# export PATH PKG_PATH

Instead of URLs, you can also use local paths, for example if you are
installing from a set of CDROMs, DVDs or an NFS-mounted repository. If you want
to install packages from multiple sources, you can separate them by a semicolon
in PKG_PATH.

After these preparations, installing a package is very easy:

# pkg_add openoffice2
# pkg_add kde-3.5.7
# pkg_add ap2-php5-*

Note that any prerequisite packages needed to run the package in question will
be installed, too, assuming they are present where you install from.

As mentioned above, packages for which vulnerabilities get known are not stored
in the All subdirectory. They don't get deleted since that could be very
frustrating if many other packages depend on it. Instead, they are moved to the
vulnerable subdirectory. So you may need to add this directory to the PKG_PATH
variable. However, you should run audit-packages regularly, especially after
installing new packages, and verify that the vulnerabilities are acceptable for
your configuration.

After you've installed packages, be sure to have /usr/pkg/bin and /usr/pkg/sbin
in your PATH so you can actually start the just installed program.

4.1.3. Deinstalling packages

To deinstall a package, it does not matter whether it was installed from source
code or from a binary package. The pkg_delete command does not know it anyway.
To delete a package, you can just run pkg_delete package-name. The package name
can be given with or without version number. Wildcards can also be used to
deinstall a set of packages, for example *emacs*. Be sure to include them in
quotes, so that the shell does not expand them before pkg_delete sees them.

The -r option is very powerful: it removes all the packages that require the
package in question and then removes the package itself. For example:

# pkg_delete -r jpeg


will remove jpeg and all the packages that used it; this allows upgrading the
jpeg package.

4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages

The pkg_info shows information about installed packages or binary package
files.

4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages

The NetBSD Security-Officer and Packages Groups maintain a list of known
security vulnerabilities to packages which are (or have been) included in
pkgsrc. The list is available from the NetBSD FTP site at ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/
pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/vulnerabilities.

Through security/audit-packages, this list can be downloaded automatically, and
a security audit of all packages installed on a system can take place.

There are two components to security/audit-packages. The first component,
"download-vulnerability-list", is for downloading the list of vulnerabilities
from the NetBSD FTP site. The second component, "audit-packages", checks to see
if any of your installed packages are vulnerable. If a package is vulnerable,
you will see output similar to the following:

Package samba-2.0.9 has a local-root-shell vulnerability, see
    http://www.samba.org/samba/whatsnew/macroexploit.html

One can set up security/audit-packages to download the vulnerabilities file
daily, and include a package audit in the daily security script. Details on
this are located in the MESSAGE file for security/audit-packages.

4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in pkgsrc

Install pkgtools/lintpkgsrc and run lintpkgsrc with the "-i" argument to check
if your packages are up-to-date, e.g.

% lintpkgsrc -i
...
Version mismatch: 'tcsh' 6.09.00 vs 6.10.00


You can then use make update to update the package on your system and rebuild
any dependencies.

4.1.7. Other administrative functions

The pkg_admin executes various administrative functions on the package system.

4.1.8. A word of warning

Please pay very careful attention to the warnings expressed in the pkg_add(1)
manual page about the inherent dangers of installing binary packages which you
did not create yourself, and the security holes that can be introduced onto
your system by indiscriminate adding of such files.

The same warning of course applies to every package you install from source
when you haven't completely read and understood the source code of the package,
the compiler that is used to build the package and all the other tools that are
involved.

4.2. Building packages from source

After obtaining pkgsrc, the pkgsrc directory now contains a set of packages,
organized into categories. You can browse the online index of packages, or run
make readme from the pkgsrc directory to build local README.html files for all
packages, viewable with any web browser such as www/lynx or www/firefox.

The default prefix for installed packages is /usr/pkg. If you wish to change
this, you should do so by setting LOCALBASE in mk.conf. You should not try to
use multiple different LOCALBASE definitions on the same system (inside a
chroot is an exception).

The rest of this chapter assumes that the package is already in pkgsrc. If it
is not, see Part II, "The pkgsrc developer's guide" for instructions how to
create your own packages.

4.2.1. Requirements

To build packages from source, you need a working C compiler. On NetBSD, you
need to install the "comp" and the "text" distribution sets. If you want to
build X11-related packages, the "xbase" and "xcomp" distribution sets are
required, too.

4.2.2. Fetching distfiles

The first step for building a package is downloading the distfiles (i.e. the
unmodified source). If they have not yet been downloaded, pkgsrc will fetch
them automatically.

If you have all files that you need in the distfiles directory, you don't need
to connect. If the distfiles are on CD-ROM, you can mount the CD-ROM on /cdrom
and add:

DISTDIR=/cdrom/pkgsrc/distfiles

to your mk.conf.

By default a list of distribution sites will be randomly intermixed to prevent
huge load on servers which holding popular packages (for example,
SourceForge.net mirrors). Thus, every time when you need to fetch yet another
distfile all the mirrors will be tried in new (random) order. You can turn this
feature off by setting MASTER_SORT_RANDOM=NO (for PKG_DEVELOPERs it's already
disabled).

You can overwrite some of the major distribution sites to fit to sites that are
close to your own. By setting one or two variables you can modify the order in
which the master sites are accessed. MASTER_SORT contains a whitespace
delimited list of domain suffixes. MASTER_SORT_REGEX is even more flexible, it
contains a whitespace delimited list of regular expressions. It has higher
priority than MASTER_SORT. Have a look at pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf to find
some examples. This may save some of your bandwidth and time.

You can change these settings either in your shell's environment, or, if you
want to keep the settings, by editing the mk.conf file, and adding the
definitions there.

If a package depends on many other packages (such as meta-pkgs/kde3), the build
process may alternate between periods of downloading source, and compiling. To
ensure you have all the source downloaded initially you can run the command:

% make fetch-list | sh

which will output and run a set of shell commands to fetch the necessary files
into the distfiles directory. You can also choose to download the files
manually.

4.2.3. How to build and install

Once the software has downloaded, any patches will be applied, then it will be
compiled for you. This may take some time depending on your computer, and how
many other packages the software depends on and their compile time.

Note

If using bootstrap or pkgsrc on a non-NetBSD system, use the pkgsrc bmake
command instead of "make" in the examples in this guide.

For example, type

% cd misc/figlet
% make


at the shell prompt to build the various components of the package.

The next stage is to actually install the newly compiled program onto your
system. Do this by entering:

% make install


while you are still in the directory for whatever package you are installing.

Installing the package on your system may require you to be root. However,
pkgsrc has a just-in-time-su feature, which allows you to only become root for
the actual installation step.

That's it, the software should now be installed and setup for use. You can now
enter:

% make clean


to remove the compiled files in the work directory, as you shouldn't need them
any more. If other packages were also added to your system (dependencies) to
allow your program to compile, you can tidy these up also with the command:

% make clean-depends


Taking the figlet utility as an example, we can install it on our system by
building as shown in Appendix B, Build logs.

The program is installed under the default root of the packages tree - /usr/
pkg. Should this not conform to your tastes, set the LOCALBASE variable in your
environment, and it will use that value as the root of your packages tree. So,
to use /usr/local, set LOCALBASE=/usr/local in your environment. Please note
that you should use a directory which is dedicated to packages and not shared
with other programs (i.e., do not try and use LOCALBASE=/usr). Also, you should
not try to add any of your own files or directories (such as src/, obj/, or
pkgsrc/) below the LOCALBASE tree. This is to prevent possible conflicts
between programs and other files installed by the package system and whatever
else may have been installed there.

Some packages look in mk.conf to alter some configuration options at build
time. Have a look at pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf to get an overview of what will
be set there by default. Environment variables such as LOCALBASE can be set in
mk.conf to save having to remember to set them each time you want to use
pkgsrc.

Occasionally, people want to "look under the covers" to see what is going on
when a package is building or being installed. This may be for debugging
purposes, or out of simple curiosity. A number of utility values have been
added to help with this.

 1. If you invoke the make(1) command with PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2, then a huge
    amount of information will be displayed. For example,

    make patch PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2

    will show all the commands that are invoked, up to and including the
    "patch" stage.

 2. If you want to know the value of a certain make(1) definition, then the
    VARNAME definition should be used, in conjunction with the show-var target.
    e.g. to show the expansion of the make(1) variable LOCALBASE:

    % make show-var VARNAME=LOCALBASE
    /usr/pkg
    %


If you want to install a binary package that you've either created yourself
(see next section), that you put into pkgsrc/packages manually or that is
located on a remote FTP server, you can use the "bin-install" target. This
target will install a binary package - if available - via pkg_add(1), else do a
make package. The list of remote FTP sites searched is kept in the variable
BINPKG_SITES, which defaults to ftp.NetBSD.org. Any flags that should be added
to pkg_add(1) can be put into BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS. See pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf
for more details.

A final word of warning: If you set up a system that has a non-standard setting
for LOCALBASE, be sure to set that before any packages are installed, as you
cannot use several directories for the same purpose. Doing so will result in
pkgsrc not being able to properly detect your installed packages, and fail
miserably. Note also that precompiled binary packages are usually built with
the default LOCALBASE of /usr/pkg, and that you should not install any if you
use a non-standard LOCALBASE.

Chapter 5. Configuring pkgsrc

Table of Contents

5.1. General configuration
5.2. Variables affecting the build process
5.3. Variables affecting the installation process
5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler

    5.4.1. Selecting the compiler
    5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (CFLAGS)
    5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (LDFLAGS)

5.5. Developer/advanced settings
5.6. Selecting Build Options

The whole pkgsrc system is configured in a single file, usually called mk.conf.
In which directory pkgsrc looks for that file depends on the installation. On
NetBSD, when you use make(1) from the base system, it is in the directory /etc
/. In all other cases the default location is ${PREFIX}/etc/, depending on
where you told the bootstrap program to install the binary packages.

During the bootstrap, an example configuration file is created. To use that,
you have to create the directory ${PREFIX}/etc and copy the example file there.

The format of the configuration file is that of the usual BSD-style Makefiles.
The whole pkgsrc configuration is done by setting variables in this file. Note
that you can define all kinds of variables, and no special error checking (for
example for spelling mistakes) takes place, so you have to try it out to see if
it works.

5.1. General configuration

In this section, you can find some variables that apply to all pkgsrc packages.
A complete list of the variables that can be configured by the user is
available in mk/defaults/mk.conf, together with some comments that describe
each variable's intent.

  * LOCALBASE: Where packages will be installed. The default is /usr/pkg. Do
    not mix binary packages with different LOCALBASEs!

  * CROSSBASE: Where "cross" category packages will be installed. The default
    is ${LOCALBASE}/cross.

  * X11BASE: Where X11 is installed on the system. The default is /usr/X11R6.

  * DISTDIR: Where to store the downloaded copies of the original source
    distributions used for building pkgsrc packages. The default is $
    {PKGSRCDIR}/distfiles.

  * PKG_DBDIR: Where the database about installed packages is stored. The
    default is /var/db/pkg.

  * MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE: If set, override the packages' MASTER_SITES with this
    value.

  * MASTER_SITE_BACKUP: Backup location(s) for distribution files and patch
    files if not found locally or in ${MASTER_SITES} or ${PATCH_SITES}
    respectively. The defaults are ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/
    distfiles/${DIST_SUBDIR}/ and ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles/$
    {DIST_SUBDIR}/.

  * BINPKG_SITES: List of sites carrying binary pkgs. rel and arch are replaced
    with OS release ("2.0", etc.) and architecture ("mipsel", etc.).

  * ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES: List of acceptable licenses. Whenever you try to build
    a package whose license is not in this list, you will get an error message
    that includes instructions on how to change this variable.

5.2. Variables affecting the build process

XXX

  * PACKAGES: The top level directory for the binary packages. The default is $
    {PKGSRCDIR}/packages.

  * WRKOBJDIR: The top level directory where, if defined, the separate working
    directories will get created, and symbolically linked to from ${WRKDIR}
    (see below). This is useful for building packages on several architectures,
    then ${PKGSRCDIR} can be NFS-mounted while ${WRKOBJDIR} is local to every
    architecture. (It should be noted that PKGSRCDIR should not be set by the
    user ? it is an internal definition which refers to the root of the pkgsrc
    tree. It is possible to have many pkgsrc tree instances.)

  * LOCALPATCHES: Directory for local patches that aren't part of pkgsrc. See
    Section 11.3, "patches/*" for more information.

  * PKGMAKECONF: Location of the mk.conf file used by a package's BSD-style
    Makefile. If this is not set, MAKECONF is set to /dev/null to avoid picking
    up settings used by builds in /usr/src.

  * DEPENDS_TARGET: By default, dependencies are only installed, and no binary
    package is created for them. You can set this variable to package to
    automatically create binary packages after installing dependencies.

5.3. Variables affecting the installation process

A growing number of packages support installation into a subdirectory of
WRKDIR. This allows a package to be built, before the actual filesystem is
touched. DESTDIR support exists in two variations:

  * Basic DESTDIR support means that the package installation and packaging is
    still run as root.

  * Full DESTDIR support can run the complete build, installation and packaging
    as normal user. Root privileges are only needed to add packages.

To use the DESTDIR support, set either USE_DESTDIR=yes to use the basic support
for packages that offer it or USE_DESTDIR=full to get the full support with
fallback to basic support. USE_DESTDIR=full needs pkgtools/pkg_install version
20070802 (or newer). It might become the default DESTDIR support later.

DESTDIR support changes the behaviour of various targets slightly. To install a
package after building it, use package-install. package and install don't do
that any longer. package-install can be used as DEPENDS_TARGET. bin-install
will ask for the root password to install the package and fail, package-install
will ask again.

With basic DESTDIR support, make clean needs to be run as root.

5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler

5.4.1. Selecting the compiler

By default, pkgsrc will use GCC to build packages. This may be overridden by
setting the following variables in /etc/mk.conf:

PKGSRC_COMPILER:

    This is a list of values specifying the chain of compilers to invoke when
    building packages. Valid values are:

      * distcc: distributed C/C++ (chainable)

      * ccache: compiler cache (chainable)

      * gcc: GNU C/C++ Compiler

      * mipspro: Silicon Graphics, Inc. MIPSpro (n32/n64)

      * mipspro: Silicon Graphics, Inc. MIPSpro (o32)

      * sunpro: Sun Microsystems, Inc. WorkShip/Forte/Sun ONE Studio

    The default is "gcc". You can use ccache and/or distcc with an appropriate
    PKGSRC_COMPILER setting, e.g. "ccache gcc". This variable should always be
    terminated with a value for a real compiler. Note that only one real
    compiler should be listed (e.g. "sunpro gcc" is not allowed).

GCC_REQD:

    This specifies the minimum version of GCC to use when building packages. If
    the system GCC doesn't satisfy this requirement, then pkgsrc will build and
    install one of the GCC packages to use instead.

5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (CFLAGS)

If you wish to set the CFLAGS variable, please make sure to use the += operator
instead of the = operator:

CFLAGS+=        -your -flags

Using CFLAGS= (i.e. without the "+") may lead to problems with packages that
need to add their own flags. Also, you may want to take a look at the devel/
cpuflags package if you're interested in optimization for the current CPU.

5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (LDFLAGS)

If you want to pass flags to the linker, both in the configure step and the
build step, you can do this in two ways. Either set LDFLAGS or LIBS. The
difference between the two is that LIBS will be appended to the command line,
while LDFLAGS come earlier. LDFLAGS is pre-loaded with rpath settings for ELF
machines depending on the setting of USE_IMAKE or the inclusion of mk/
x11.buildlink3.mk. As with CFLAGS, if you do not wish to override these
settings, use the += operator:

LDFLAGS+=        -your -linkerflags

5.5. Developer/advanced settings

XXX

  * PKG_DEVELOPER: Run some sanity checks that package developers want:

      o make sure patches apply with zero fuzz

      o run check-shlibs to see that all binaries will find their shared libs.

  * PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL: The level of debugging output which is displayed whilst
    making and installing the package. The default value for this is 0, which
    will not display the commands as they are executed (normal, default, quiet
    operation); the value 1 will display all shell commands before their
    invocation, and the value 2 will display both the shell commands before
    their invocation, and their actual execution progress with set -x will be
    displayed.

5.6. Selecting Build Options

Some packages have build time options, usually to select between different
dependencies, enable optional support for big dependencies or enable
experimental features.

To see which options, if any, a package supports, and which options are
mutually exclusive, run make show-options, for example:

    The following options are supported by this package:
        ssl      Enable SSL support.
    Exactly one of the following gecko options is required:
        firefox  Use firefox as gecko rendering engine.
        mozilla  Use mozilla as gecko rendering engine.
    At most one of the following database options may be selected:
        mysql    Enable support for MySQL database.
        pgsql    Enable support for PostgreSQL database.

    These options are enabled by default: firefox
    These options are currently enabled: mozilla ssl

The following variables can be defined in mk.conf to select which options to
enable for a package: PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS, which can be used to select or
disable options for all packages that support them, and PKG_OPTIONS.pkgbase,
which can be used to select or disable options specifically for package pkgbase
. Options listed in these variables are selected, options preceded by "-" are
disabled. A few examples:

$ grep "PKG.*OPTION" mk.conf
PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS=    -arts -dvdread -esound
PKG_OPTIONS.kdebase=    debug -sasl
PKG_OPTIONS.apache=     suexec

It is important to note that options that were specifically suggested by the
package maintainer must be explicitely removed if you do not wish to include
the option. If you are unsure you can view the current state with make
show-options.

The following settings are consulted in the order given, and the last setting
that selects or disables an option is used:

 1. the default options as suggested by the package maintainer

 2. the options implied by the settings of legacy variables (see below)

 3. PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS

 4. PKG_OPTIONS.pkgbase

For groups of mutually exclusive options, the last option selected is used, all
others are automatically disabled. If an option of the group is explicitly
disabled, the previously selected option, if any, is used. It is an error if no
option from a required group of options is selected, and building the package
will fail.

Before the options framework was introduced, build options were selected by
setting a variable (often named USE_FOO) in mk.conf for each option. To ease
transition to the options framework for the user, these legacy variables are
converted to the appropriate options setting (PKG_OPTIONS.pkgbase)
automatically. A warning is issued to prompt the user to update mk.conf to use
the options framework directly. Support for the legacy variables will be
removed eventually.

Chapter 6. Creating binary packages

Table of Contents

6.1. Building a single binary package
6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages

6.1. Building a single binary package

Once you have built and installed a package, you can create a binary package
which can be installed on another system with pkg_add(1). This saves having to
build the same package on a group of hosts and wasting CPU time. It also
provides a simple means for others to install your package, should you
distribute it.

To create a binary package, change into the appropriate directory in pkgsrc,
and run make package:

# cd misc/figlet
# make package


This will build and install your package (if not already done), and then build
a binary package from what was installed. You can then use the pkg_* tools to
manipulate it. Binary packages are created by default in /usr/pkgsrc/packages,
in the form of a gzipped tar file. See Section B.2, "Packaging figlet" for a
continuation of the above misc/figlet example.

See Chapter 21, Submitting and Committing for information on how to submit such
a binary package.

6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages

See Section 17.17, "Other helpful targets".

Chapter 7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk builds)

Table of Contents

7.1. Think first, build later
7.2. Requirements of a bulk build
7.3. Running an old-style bulk build

    7.3.1. Configuration
    7.3.2. Other environmental considerations
    7.3.3. Operation
    7.3.4. What it does
    7.3.5. Disk space requirements
    7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds
    7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages
    7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build

7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build

    7.4.1. Configuration

7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection

    7.5.1. Example of cdpack

When you have multiple machines that should run the same packages, it is wasted
time if they all build their packages themselves from source. There are two
ways of getting a set of binary packages: The old bulk build system, or the new
(as of 2007) parallel bulk build (pbulk) system. This chapter describes how to
set them up so that the packages are most likely to be usable later.

7.1. Think first, build later

Since a bulk build takes several days or even weeks to finish, you should think
about the setup before you start everything. Pay attention to at least the
following points:

  * If you want to upload the binary packages to ftp.NetBSD.org, make sure the
    setup complies to the requirements for binary packages:

      o To end up on ftp.NetBSD.org, the packages must be built by a NetBSD
        developer on a trusted machine (that is, where you and only you have
        root access).

      o Packages on ftp.NetBSD.org should only be created from the stable
        branches (like 2007Q1), so that users browsing the available
        collections can see at a glance how old the packages are.

      o The packages must be built as root, since some packages require set-uid
        binaries at runtime, and creating those packages as unprivileged user
        doesn't work well at the moment.

  * Make sure that the bulk build cannot break anything in your system. Most
    bulk builds run as root, so they should be run at least in a chroot
    environment or something even more restrictive, depending on what the
    operating system provides. There have been numerous cases where certain
    packages tried to install files outside the LOCALBASE or wanted to edit
    some files in /etc. Furthermore, the bulk builds install and deinstall
    packages in /usr/pkg (or whatever LOCALBASE is) during their operation, so
    be sure that you don't need any package during the build.

7.2. Requirements of a bulk build

A complete bulk build requires lots of disk space. Some of the disk space can
be read-only, some other must be writable. Some can be on remote filesystems
(such as NFS) and some should be local. Some can be temporary filesystems,
others must survive a sudden reboot.

  * 10 GB for the distfiles (read-write, remote, temporary)

  * 10 GB for the binary packages (read-write, remote, permanent)

  * 400 MB for the pkgsrc tree (read-only, remote, permanent)

  * 5 GB for LOCALBASE (read-write, local, temporary for pbulk, permanent for
    old-bulk)

  * 5 GB for the log files (read-write, remote, permanent)

  * 5 GB for temporary files (read-write, local, temporary)

7.3. Running an old-style bulk build

Warning

The rest of this section is rather old. Don't rely on it too much.

7.3.1. Configuration

7.3.1.1. build.conf

The build.conf file is the main configuration file for bulk builds. You can
configure how your copy of pkgsrc is kept up to date, how the distfiles are
downloaded, how the packages are built and how the report is generated. You can
find an annotated example file in pkgsrc/mk/bulk/build.conf-example. To use it,
copy build.conf-example to build.conf and edit it, following the comments in
that file.

7.3.1.2. mk.conf

You may want to set variables in mk.conf. Look at pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf
for details of the default settings. You will want to ensure that
ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES meet your local policy. As used in this example,
_ACCEPTABLE=yes completely bypasses the license check.

PACKAGES?=      ${_PKGSRCDIR}/packages/${MACHINE_ARCH}
WRKOBJDIR?=     /usr/tmp/pkgsrc   # build here instead of in pkgsrc
BSDSRCDIR=      /usr/src
BSDXSRCDIR=     /usr/xsrc         # for x11/xservers
OBJHOSTNAME?=   yes               # use work.`hostname`
FAILOVER_FETCH= yes               # insist on the correct checksum
PKG_DEVELOPER?= yes
_ACCEPTABLE=    yes

Some options that are especially useful for bulk builds can be found at the top
lines of the file mk/bulk/bsd.bulk-pkg.mk. The most useful options of these are
briefly described here.

  * If you are on a slow machine, you may want to set USE_BULK_BROKEN_CHECK to
    "no".

  * If you are doing bulk builds from a read-only copy of pkgsrc, you have to
    set BULKFILESDIR to the directory where all log files are created.
    Otherwise the log files are created in the pkgsrc directory.

  * Another important variable is BULK_PREREQ, which is a list of packages that
    should be always available while building other packages.

Some other options are scattered in the pkgsrc infrastructure:

  * ALLOW_VULNERABLE_PACKAGES should be set to yes. The purpose of the bulk
    builds is creating binary packages, no matter if they are vulnerable or
    not. When uploading the packages to a public server, the vulnerable
    packages will be put into a directory of their own. Leaving this variable
    unset would prevent the bulk build system from even trying to build them,
    so possible building errors would not show up.

  * CHECK_FILES (pkgsrc/mk/check/check-files.mk) can be set to "yes" to check
    that the installed set of files matches the PLIST.

  * CHECK_INTERPRETER (pkgsrc/mk/check/check-interpreter.mk) can be set to
    "yes" to check that the installed "#!"-scripts will find their interpreter.

  * PKGSRC_RUN_TEST can be set to "yes" to run each package's self-test before
    installing it. Note that some packages make heavy use of "good" random
    numbers, so you need to assure that the machine on which you are doing the
    bulk builds is not completely idle. Otherwise some test programs will seem
    to hang, while they are just waiting for new random data to be available.

7.3.1.3. pre-build.local

It is possible to configure the bulk build to perform certain site-specific
tasks at the end of the pre-build stage. If the file pre-build.local exists in
/usr/pkgsrc/mk/bulk, it will be executed (as a sh(1) script) at the end of the
usual pre-build stage. An example use of pre-build.local is to have the line:

echo "I do not have enough disk space to build this pig." \
        > misc/openoffice/$BROKENF

to prevent the system from trying to build a particular package which requires
nearly 3 GB of disk space.

7.3.2. Other environmental considerations

As /usr/pkg will be completely deleted at the start of bulk builds, make sure
your login shell is placed somewhere else. Either drop it into /usr/local/bin
(and adjust your login shell in the passwd file), or (re-)install it via
pkg_add(1) from /etc/rc.local, so you can login after a reboot (remember that
your current process won't die if the package is removed, you just can't start
any new instances of the shell any more). Also, if you use NetBSD earlier than
1.5, or you still want to use the pkgsrc version of ssh for some reason, be
sure to install ssh before starting it from rc.local:

(cd /usr/pkgsrc/security/ssh && make bulk-install)
if [ -f /usr/pkg/etc/rc.d/sshd ]; then
  /usr/pkg/etc/rc.d/sshd
fi

Not doing so will result in you being not able to log in via ssh after the bulk
build is finished or if the machine gets rebooted or crashes. You have been
warned! :)

7.3.3. Operation

Make sure you don't need any of the packages still installed.

Warning

During the bulk build, all packages, their configuration files and some more
files from /var, /home and possibly other locations will be removed! So don't
run a bulk build with privileges that might harm your system.

Be sure to remove all other things that might interfere with builds, like some
libs installed in /usr/local, etc. then become root and type:

# cd /usr/pkgsrc
# sh mk/bulk/build


If for some reason your last build didn't complete (power failure, system
panic, ...), you can continue it by running:

# sh mk/bulk/build restart

At the end of the bulk build, you will get a summary via mail, and find build
logs in the directory specified by FTP in the build.conf file.

7.3.4. What it does

The bulk builds consist of three steps:

1. pre-build

    The script updates your pkgsrc tree via (anon)cvs, then cleans out any
    broken distfiles, and removes all packages installed.

2. the bulk build

    This is basically "make bulk-package" with an optimised order in which
    packages will be built. Packages that don't require other packages will be
    built first, and packages with many dependencies will be built later.

3. post-build

    Generates a report that's placed in the directory specified in the
    build.conf file named broken.html, a short version of that report will also
    be mailed to the build's admin.

During the build, a list of broken packages will be compiled in /usr/pkgsrc
/.broken (or .../.broken.${MACHINE} if OBJMACHINE is set), individual build
logs of broken builds can be found in the package's directory. These files are
used by the bulk-targets to mark broken builds to not waste time trying to
rebuild them, and they can be used to debug these broken package builds later.

7.3.5. Disk space requirements

Currently, roughly the following requirements are valid for NetBSD 2.0/i386:

  * 10 GB - distfiles (NFS ok)

  * 8 GB - full set of all binaries (NFS ok)

  * 5 GB - temp space for compiling (local disk recommended)

Note that all pkgs will be de-installed as soon as they are turned into a
binary package, and that sources are removed, so there is no excessively huge
demand to disk space. Afterwards, if the package is needed again, it will be
installed via pkg_add(1) instead of building again, so there are no cycles
wasted by recompiling.

7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds

If you don't want all the packages nuked from a machine (rendering it useless
for anything but pkg compiling), there is the possibility of doing the package
bulk build inside a chroot environment.

The first step is to set up a chroot sandbox, e.g. /usr/sandbox. This can be
done by using null mounts, or manually.

There is a shell script called pkgsrc/mk/bulk/mksandbox which will set up the
sandbox environment using null mounts. It will also create a script called
sandbox in the root of the sandbox environment, which will allow the null
mounts to be activated using the sandbox mount command and deactivated using
the sandbox umount command.

To set up a sandbox environment by hand, after extracting all the sets from a
NetBSD installation or doing a make distribution DESTDIR=/usr/sandbox in /usr/
src/etc, be sure the following items are present and properly configured:

 1. Kernel

    # cp /netbsd /usr/sandbox

 2. /dev/*

    # cd /usr/sandbox/dev ; sh MAKEDEV all

 3. /etc/resolv.conf (for security/smtpd and mail):

    # cp /etc/resolv.conf /usr/sandbox/etc

 4. Working(!) mail config (hostname, sendmail.cf):

    # cp /etc/mail/sendmail.cf /usr/sandbox/etc/mail

 5. /etc/localtime (for security/smtpd):

    # ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/UTC /usr/sandbox/etc/localtime

 6. /usr/src (system sources, e. g. for sysutils/aperture):

    # ln -s ../disk1/cvs .
              # ln -s cvs/src-2.0 src

 7. Create /var/db/pkg (not part of default install):

    # mkdir /usr/sandbox/var/db/pkg

 8. Create /usr/pkg (not part of default install):

    # mkdir /usr/sandbox/usr/pkg

 9. Checkout pkgsrc via cvs into /usr/sandbox/usr/pkgsrc:

    # cd /usr/sandbox/usr
    # cvs -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot checkout -d -P pkgsrc


    Do not mount/link this to the copy of your pkgsrc tree you do development
    in, as this will likely cause problems!

10. Make /usr/sandbox/usr/pkgsrc/packages and .../distfiles point somewhere
    appropriate. NFS- and/or nullfs-mounts may come in handy!

11. Edit mk.conf, see Section 7.3.1.2, "mk.conf".

12. Adjust mk/bulk/build.conf to suit your needs.

When the chroot sandbox is set up, you can start the build with the following
steps:

# cd /usr/sandbox/usr/pkgsrc
# sh mk/bulk/do-sandbox-build


This will just jump inside the sandbox and start building. At the end of the
build, mail will be sent with the results of the build. Created binary pkgs
will be in /usr/sandbox/usr/pkgsrc/packages (wherever that points/mounts to/
from).

7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages

In addition to building a complete set of all packages in pkgsrc, the pkgsrc/mk
/bulk/build script may be used to build a subset of the packages contained in
pkgsrc. By setting SPECIFIC_PKGS in mk.conf, the variables

  * SITE_SPECIFIC_PKGS

  * HOST_SPECIFIC_PKGS

  * GROUP_SPECIFIC_PKGS

  * USER_SPECIFIC_PKGS

will define the set of packages which should be built. The bulk build code will
also include any packages which are needed as dependencies for the explicitly
listed packages.

One use of this is to do a bulk build with SPECIFIC_PKGS in a chroot sandbox
periodically to have a complete set of the binary packages needed for your site
available without the overhead of building extra packages that are not needed.

7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build

This section describes how pkgsrc developers can upload binary pkgs built by
bulk builds to ftp.NetBSD.org.

If you would like to automatically create checksum files for the binary
packages you intend to upload, remember to set MKSUMS=yes in your mk/bulk/
build.conf.

If you would like to PGP sign the checksum files (highly recommended!),
remember to set SIGN_AS=username@NetBSD.org in your mk/bulk/build.conf. This
will prompt you for your GPG password to sign the files before uploading
everything.

Then, make sure that you have RSYNC_DST set properly in your mk/bulk/build.conf
file, i.e. adjust it to something like one of the following:

RSYNC_DST=ftp.NetBSD.org:/pub/NetBSD/packages/packages-200xQy/NetBSD-a.b.c/arch/upload

Please use appropriate values for "packages-200xQy", "NetBSD-a.b.c" and "arch"
here. If your login on ftp.NetBSD.org is different from your local login, write
your login directly into the variable, e.g. my local account is "feyrer", but
for my login "hubertf", I use:

RSYNC_DST=hubertf@ftp.NetBSD.org:/pub/NetBSD/packages/packages-200xQy/NetBSD-a.b.c/arch/upload

A separate upload directory is used here to allow "closing" the directory
during upload. To do so, run the following command on ftp.NetBSD.org next:

nbftp% mkdir -p -m 750 /pub/NetBSD/packages/packages-200xQy/NetBSD-a.b.c/arch/upload

Please note that /pub/NetBSD/packages is only appropriate for packages for the
NetBSD operating system. Binary packages for other operating systems should go
into /pub/pkgsrc.

Before uploading the binary pkgs, ssh authentication needs to be set up. This
example shows how to set up temporary keys for the root account inside the
sandbox (assuming that no keys should be present there usually):

# chroot /usr/sandbox
chroot-# rm $HOME/.ssh/id-dsa*
chroot-# ssh-keygen -t dsa
chroot-# cat $HOME/.ssh/id-dsa.pub


Now take the output of id-dsa.pub and append it to your ~/.ssh/authorized_keys
file on ftp.NetBSD.org. You can remove the key after the upload is done!

Next, test if your ssh connection really works:

chroot-# ssh ftp.NetBSD.org date

Use "-l yourNetBSDlogin" here as appropriate!

Now after all this works, you can exit the sandbox and start the upload:

chroot-# exit
# cd /usr/sandbox/usr/pkgsrc
# sh mk/bulk/do-sandbox-upload


The upload process may take quite some time. Use ls(1) or du(1) on the FTP
server to monitor progress of the upload. The upload script will take care of
not uploading restricted packages and putting vulnerable packages into the
vulnerable subdirectory.

After the upload has ended, first thing is to revoke ssh access:

nbftp% vi ~/.ssh/authorized_keys
      Gdd:x!

Use whatever is needed to remove the key you've entered before! Last, move the
uploaded packages out of the upload directory to have them accessible to
everyone:

nbftp% cd /pub/NetBSD/packages/packages-200xQy/NetBSD-a.b.c/arch
nbftp% mv upload/* .
nbftp% rmdir upload
nbftp% chmod 755 .


7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build

7.4.1. Configuration

TODO; see pkgsrc/doc/HOWTO-pbulk for more information.

7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection

After your pkgsrc bulk-build has completed, you may wish to create a CD-ROM set
of the resulting binary packages to assist in installing packages on other
machines. The pkgtools/cdpack package provides a simple tool for creating the
ISO 9660 images. cdpack arranges the packages on the CD-ROMs in a way that
keeps all the dependencies for a given package on the same CD as that package.

7.5.1. Example of cdpack

Complete documentation for cdpack is found in the cdpack(1) man page. The
following short example assumes that the binary packages are left in /usr/
pkgsrc/packages/All and that sufficient disk space exists in /u2 to hold the
ISO 9660 images.

# mkdir /u2/images
# pkg_add /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All/cdpack
# cdpack /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All /u2/images


If you wish to include a common set of files (COPYRIGHT, README, etc.) on each
CD in the collection, then you need to create a directory which contains these
files. e.g.

# mkdir /tmp/common
# echo "This is a README" > /tmp/common/README
# echo "Another file" > /tmp/common/COPYING
# mkdir /tmp/common/bin
# echo "#!/bin/sh" > /tmp/common/bin/myscript
# echo "echo Hello world" >> /tmp/common/bin/myscript
# chmod 755 /tmp/common/bin/myscript


Now create the images:

# cdpack -x /tmp/common /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All /u2/images

Each image will contain README, COPYING, and bin/myscript in their root
directories.

Chapter 8. Directory layout of the installed files

Table of Contents

8.1. File system layout in ${LOCALBASE}
8.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE}

The files that are installed by pkgsrc are organized in a way that is similar
to what you find in the /usr directory of the base system. But some details are
different. This is because pkgsrc initially came from FreeBSD and had adopted
its file system hierarchy. Later it was largely influenced by NetBSD. But no
matter which operating system you are using pkgsrc with, you can expect the
same layout for pkgsrc.

There are mainly four root directories for pkgsrc, which are all configurable
in the bootstrap/bootstrap script. When pkgsrc has been installed as root, the
default locations are:

LOCALBASE=              /usr/pkg
PKG_SYSCONFBASE=        /usr/pkg/etc
VARBASE=                /var
PKG_DBDIR=              /var/db/pkg

In unprivileged mode (when pkgsrc has been installed as any other user), the
default locations are:

LOCALBASE=              ${HOME}/pkg
PKG_SYSCONFBASE=        ${HOME}/pkg/etc
VARBASE=                ${HOME}/pkg/var
PKG_DBDIR=              ${HOME}/pkg/var/db/pkg

What these four directories are for, and what they look like is explained
below.

  * LOCALBASE corresponds to the /usr directory in the base system. It is the
    "main" directory where the files are installed and contains the well-known
    subdirectories like bin, include, lib, share and sbin.

  * VARBASE corresponds to /var in the base system. Some programs (especially
    games, network daemons) need write access to it during normal operation.

  * PKG_SYSCONFDIR corresponds to /etc in the base system. It contains
    configuration files of the packages, as well as pkgsrc's mk.conf itself.

8.1. File system layout in ${LOCALBASE}

The following directories exist in a typical pkgsrc installation in $
{LOCALBASE}.

bin

    Contains executable programs that are intended to be directly used by the
    end user.

emul

    Contains files for the emulation layers of various other operating systems,
    especially for NetBSD.

etc (the usual location of ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR})

    Contains the configuration files.

include

    Contains headers for the C and C++ programming languages.

info

    Contains GNU info files of various packages.

lib

    Contains shared and static libraries.

libdata

    Contains data files that don't change after installation. Other data files
    belong into ${VARBASE}.

libexec

    Contains programs that are not intended to be used by end users, such as
    helper programs or network daemons.

libexec/cgi-bin

    Contains programs that are intended to be executed as CGI scripts by a web
    server.

man (the usual value of ${PKGMANDIR})

    Contains brief documentation in form of manual pages.

sbin

    Contains programs that are intended to be used only by the super-user.

share

    Contains platform-independent data files that don't change after
    installation.

share/doc

    Contains documentation files provided by the packages.

share/examples

    Contains example files provided by the packages. Among others, the original
    configuration files are saved here and copied to ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} during
    installation.

share/examples/rc.d

    Contains the original files for rc.d scripts.

var (the usual location of ${VARBASE})

    Contains files that may be modified after installation.

8.2. File system layout in ${VARBASE}

db/pkg (the usual location of ${PKG_DBDIR})

    Contains information about the currently installed packages.

games

    Contains highscore files.

log

    Contains log files.

run

    Contains informational files about daemons that are currently running.

Chapter 9. Frequently Asked Questions

Table of Contents

9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?
9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?
9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)
9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root
9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?
9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?
9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall
9.8. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP?
9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once
9.10. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean?
9.11. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean?
9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc
9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?
9.14. Automated security checks
9.15. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS?
9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?
9.17. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge
    conflicts" mean?

This section contains hints, tips & tricks on special things in pkgsrc that we
didn't find a better place for in the previous chapters, and it contains items
for both pkgsrc users and developers.

9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?

The following mailing lists may be of interest to pkgsrc users:

  * pkgsrc-users: This is a general purpose list for most issues regarding
    pkgsrc, regardless of platform, e.g. soliciting user help for pkgsrc
    configuration, unexpected build failures, using particular packages,
    upgrading pkgsrc installations, questions regarding the pkgsrc release
    branches, etc. General announcements or proposals for changes that impact
    the pkgsrc user community, e.g. major infrastructure changes, new features,
    package removals, etc., may also be posted.

  * pkgsrc-bulk: A list where the results of pkgsrc bulk builds are sent and
    discussed.

  * pkgsrc-changes: This list is for those who are interested in getting a
    commit message for every change committed to pkgsrc. It is also available
    in digest form, meaning one daily message containing all commit messages
    for changes to the package source tree in that 24 hour period.

To subscribe, do:

% echo subscribe listname | mail majordomo@NetBSD.org

Archives for all these mailing lists are available from http://
mail-index.NetBSD.org/.

9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?

Pkgviews is tightly integrated with buildlink. You can find a pkgviews User's
guide in pkgsrc/mk/buildlink3/PKGVIEWS_UG.

9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)

The directory pkgsrc/pkgtools contains a number of useful utilities for both
users and developers of pkgsrc. This section attempts only to make the reader
aware of the utilities and when they might be useful, and not to duplicate the
documentation that comes with each package.

Utilities used by pkgsrc (automatically installed when needed):

  * pkgtools/x11-links: Symlinks for use by buildlink.

OS tool augmentation (automatically installed when needed):

  * pkgtools/digest: Calculates various kinds of checksums (including SHA1).

  * pkgtools/libnbcompat: Compatibility library for pkgsrc tools.

  * pkgtools/mtree: Installed on non-BSD systems due to lack of native mtree.

  * pkgtools/pkg_install: Up-to-date replacement for /usr/sbin/pkg_install, or
    for use on operating systems where pkg_install is not present.

Utilities used by pkgsrc (not automatically installed):

  * pkgtools/pkg_tarup: Create a binary package from an already-installed
    package. Used by make replace to save the old package.

  * pkgtools/dfdisk: Adds extra functionality to pkgsrc, allowing it to fetch
    distfiles from multiple locations. It currently supports the following
    methods: multiple CD-ROMs and network FTP/HTTP connections.

  * pkgtools/xpkgwedge: Put X11 packages someplace else (enabled by default).

  * devel/cpuflags: Determine the best compiler flags to optimise code for your
    current CPU and compiler.

Utilities for keeping track of installed packages, being up to date, etc:

  * pkgtools/pkg_chk: Reports on packages whose installed versions do not match
    the latest pkgsrc entries.

  * pkgtools/pkgdep: Makes dependency graphs of packages, to aid in choosing a
    strategy for updating.

  * pkgtools/pkgdepgraph: Makes graphs from the output of pkgtools/pkgdep (uses
    graphviz).

  * pkgtools/pkglint: The pkglint(1) program checks a pkgsrc entry for errors.

  * pkgtools/lintpkgsrc: The lintpkgsrc(1) program does various checks on the
    complete pkgsrc system.

  * pkgtools/pkgsurvey: Report what packages you have installed.

Utilities for people maintaining or creating individual packages:

  * pkgtools/pkgdiff: Automate making and maintaining patches for a package
    (includes pkgdiff, pkgvi, mkpatches, etc.).

  * pkgtools/rpm2pkg, pkgtools/url2pkg: Aids in converting to pkgsrc.

  * pkgtools/gensolpkg: Convert pkgsrc to a Solaris package.

Utilities for people maintaining pkgsrc (or: more obscure pkg utilities)

  * pkgtools/pkg_comp: Build packages in a chrooted area.

  * pkgtools/libkver: Spoof kernel version for chrooted cross builds.

9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root

If you want to use pkgsrc as non-root user, you can set some variables to make
pkgsrc work under these conditions. At the very least, you need to set
UNPRIVILEGED to "yes"; this will turn on unprivileged mode and set multiple
related variables to allow installation of packages as non-root.

In case the defaults are not enough, you may want to tune some other variables
used. For example, if the automatic user/group detection leads to incorrect
values (or not the ones you would like to use), you can change them by setting
UNPRIVILEGED_USER and UNPRIVILEGED_GROUP respectively.

As regards bootstrapping, please note that the bootstrap script will ease
non-root configuration when given the "--ignore-user-check" flag, as it will
choose and use multiple default directories under ~/pkg as the installation
targets. These directories can be overridden by the "--prefix" flag provided by
the script, as well as some others that allow finer tuning of the tree layout.

9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?

By default, resuming transfers in pkgsrc is disabled, but you can enable this
feature by adding the option PKG_RESUME_TRANSFERS=YES into mk.conf. If, during
a fetch step, an incomplete distfile is found, pkgsrc will try to resume it.

You can also use a different program than the default ftp(1) by changing the
FETCH_CMD variable. Don't forget to set FETCH_RESUME_ARGS and FETCH_OUTPUT_ARGS
if you are not using default values.

For example, if you want to use wget to resume downloads, you'll have to use
something like:

FETCH_CMD=             wget
FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS=     --passive-ftp
FETCH_RESUME_ARGS=     -c
FETCH_OUTPUT_ARGS=     -O -nc

9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?

If you want to use modular X.org from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11
(/usr/X11R6, /usr/openwin, ...) you will have to add the following line into
mk.conf:

X11_TYPE=modular

Note

The DragonFly operating system defaults to using modular X.org from pkgsrc.

9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall

If you are sitting behind a firewall which does not allow direct connections to
Internet hosts (i.e. non-NAT), you may specify the relevant proxy hosts. This
is done using an environment variable in the form of a URL, e.g. in Amdahl, the
machine "orpheus.amdahl.com" is one of the firewalls, and it uses port 80 as
the proxy port number. So the proxy environment variables are:

ftp_proxy=ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/
http_proxy=http://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/

9.8. How do I tell make fetch to do passive FTP?

This depends on which utility is used to retrieve distfiles. From bsd.pkg.mk,
FETCH_CMD is assigned the first available command from the following list:

  * ${LOCALBASE}/bin/ftp

  * /usr/bin/ftp

On a default NetBSD installation, this will be /usr/bin/ftp, which
automatically tries passive connections first, and falls back to active
connections if the server refuses to do passive. For the other tools, add the
following to your mk.conf file: PASSIVE_FETCH=1.

Having that option present will prevent /usr/bin/ftp from falling back to
active transfers.

9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once

You would like to download all the distfiles in a single batch from work or
university, where you can't run a make fetch. There is an archive of distfiles
on ftp.NetBSD.org, but downloading the entire directory may not be appropriate.

The answer here is to do a make fetch-list in /usr/pkgsrc or one of its
subdirectories, carry the resulting list to your machine at work/school and use
it there. If you don't have a NetBSD-compatible ftp(1) (like tnftp) at work,
don't forget to set FETCH_CMD to something that fetches a URL:

At home:

% cd /usr/pkgsrc
% make fetch-list FETCH_CMD=wget DISTDIR=/tmp/distfiles >/tmp/fetch.sh
% scp /tmp/fetch.sh work:/tmp

At work:

% sh /tmp/fetch.sh

then tar up /tmp/distfiles and take it home.

If you have a machine running NetBSD, and you want to get all distfiles (even
ones that aren't for your machine architecture), you can do so by using the
above-mentioned make fetch-list approach, or fetch the distfiles directly by
running:

% make mirror-distfiles

If you even decide to ignore NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM}, then you can get
everything by running:

% make fetch NO_SKIP=yes

9.10. What does "Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc" mean?

When compiling the pkgtools/pkg_install package, you get the error from make
that it doesn't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc? This indicates
that you don't have installed the "text" set (nroff, ...) from the NetBSD base
distribution on your machine. It is recommended to do that to format man pages.

In the case of the pkgtools/pkg_install package, you can get away with setting
NOMAN=YES either in the environment or in mk.conf.

9.11. What does "Could not find bsd.own.mk" mean?

You didn't install the compiler set, comp.tgz, when you installed your NetBSD
machine. Please get and install it, by extracting it in /:

# cd /
# tar --unlink -zxvpf .../comp.tgz

comp.tgz is part of every NetBSD release. Get the one that corresponds to your
release (determine via uname -r).

9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc

When installing packages as non-root user and using the just-in-time su(1)
feature of pkgsrc, it can become annoying to type in the root password for each
required package installed. To avoid this, the sudo package can be used, which
does password caching over a limited time. To use it, install sudo (either as
binary package or from security/sudo) and then put the following into your
mk.conf, somewhere after the definition of the LOCALBASE variable:

.if exists(${LOCALBASE}/bin/sudo)
SU_CMD=        ${LOCALBASE}/bin/sudo /bin/sh -c
.endif

9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?

As the system administrator, you can choose where configuration files are
installed. The default settings make all these files go into ${PREFIX}/etc or
some of its subdirectories; this may be suboptimal depending on your
expectations (e.g., a read-only, NFS-exported PREFIX with a need of per-machine
configuration of the provided packages).

In order to change the defaults, you can modify the PKG_SYSCONFBASE variable
(in mk.conf) to point to your preferred configuration directory; some common
examples include /etc or /etc/pkg.

Furthermore, you can change this value on a per-package basis by setting the
PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR} variable. PKG_SYSCONFVAR's value usually
matches the name of the package you would like to modify, that is, the contents
of PKGBASE.

Note that after changing these settings, you must rebuild and reinstall any
affected packages.

9.14. Automated security checks

Please be aware that there can often be bugs in third-party software, and some
of these bugs can leave a machine vulnerable to exploitation by attackers. In
an effort to lessen the exposure, the NetBSD packages team maintains a database
of known-exploits to packages which have at one time been included in pkgsrc.
The database can be downloaded automatically, and a security audit of all
packages installed on a system can take place. To do this, refer to the
following two tools (installed as part of the pkgtools/pkg_install package):

 1. download-vulnerability-list, an easy way to download a list of the security
    vulnerabilities information. This list is kept up to date by the NetBSD
    security officer and the NetBSD packages team, and is distributed from the
    NetBSD ftp server:

    ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/pkg-vulnerabilities

 2. audit-packages, an easy way to audit the current machine, checking each
    vulnerability which is known. If a vulnerable package is installed, it will
    be shown by output to stdout, including a description of the type of
    vulnerability, and a URL containing more information.

Use of these tools is strongly recommended! After "pkg_install" is installed,
please read the package's message, which you can get by running pkg_info -D
pkg_install.

If this package is installed, pkgsrc builds will use it to perform a security
check before building any package. See Section 5.2, "Variables affecting the
build process" for ways to control this check.

9.15. Why do some packages ignore my CFLAGS?

When you add your own preferences to the CFLAGS variable in your mk.conf, these
flags are passed in environment variables to the ./configure scripts and to
make(1). Some package authors ignore the CFLAGS from the environment variable
by overriding them in the Makefiles of their package.

Currently there is no solution to this problem. If you really need the package
to use your CFLAGS you should run make patch in the package directory and then
inspect any Makefile and Makefile.in for whether they define CFLAGS explicitly.
Usually you can remove these lines. But be aware that some "smart" programmers
write so bad code that it only works for the specific combination of CFLAGS
they have chosen.

9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?

 1. Make sure that your copy of pkgsrc is consistent. A case that occurs often
    is that people only update pkgsrc in parts, because of performance reasons.
    Since pkgsrc is one large system, not a collection of many small systems,
    there are sometimes changes that only work when the whole pkgsrc tree is
    updated.

 2. Make sure that you don't have any CVS conflicts. Search for "<<<<<<" or
    ">>>>>>" in all your pkgsrc files.

 3. Make sure that you don't have old copies of the packages extracted. Run
    make clean clean-depends to verify this.

 4. If the problem still exists, write a mail to the pkgsrc-users mailing list.

9.17. What does "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge
conflicts" mean?

You have modified a file from pkgsrc, and someone else has modified that same
file afterwards in the CVS repository. Both changes are in the same region of
the file, so when you updated pkgsrc, the cvs command marked the conflicting
changes in the file. Because of these markers, the file is no longer a valid
Makefile.

Have a look at that file, and if you don't need your local changes anymore, you
can remove that file and run cvs -q update -dP in that directory to download
the current version.

Part II. The pkgsrc developer's guide

This part of the book deals with creating and modifying packages. It starts
with a "HOWTO"-like guide on creating a new package. The remaining chapters are
more like a reference manual for pkgsrc.

Table of Contents

10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch

    10.1. Common types of packages

        10.1.1. Perl modules
        10.1.2. KDE applications

    10.2. Examples

        10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc

11. Package components - files, directories and contents

    11.1. Makefile
    11.2. distinfo
    11.3. patches/*

        11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file
        11.3.2. Creating patch files
        11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from
        11.3.4. Patching guidelines
        11.3.5. Feedback to the author

    11.4. Other mandatory files
    11.5. Optional files

        11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package
        11.5.2. Files affecting the build process
        11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all

    11.6. work*
    11.7. files/*

12. Programming in Makefiles

    12.1. Caveats
    12.2. Makefile variables

        12.2.1. Naming conventions

    12.3. Code snippets

        12.3.1. Adding things to a list
        12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list
        12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command
        12.3.4. Quoting guideline
        12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make

13. PLIST issues

    13.1. RCS ID
    13.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation
    13.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST
    13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST
    13.5. Man page compression
    13.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC
    13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs
    13.8. Sharing directories between packages

14. Buildlink methodology

    14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3
    14.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files

        14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file
        14.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files

    14.3. Writing builtin.mk files

        14.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file
        14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software

15. The pkginstall framework

    15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix

        15.1.1. Directory manipulation
        15.1.2. File manipulation

    15.2. Configuration files

        15.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set
        15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are
        15.2.3. Patching installations
        15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files

    15.3. System startup scripts

        15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts

    15.4. System users and groups
    15.5. System shells

        15.5.1. Disabling shell registration

    15.6. Fonts

        15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases

16. Options handling

    16.1. Global default options
    16.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk
    16.3. Option Names
    16.4. Determining the options of dependencies

17. The build process

    17.1. Introduction
    17.2. Program location
    17.3. Directories used during the build process
    17.4. Running a phase
    17.5. The fetch phase

        17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from
        17.5.2. How are the files fetched?

    17.6. The checksum phase
    17.7. The extract phase
    17.8. The patch phase
    17.9. The tools phase
    17.10. The wrapper phase
    17.11. The configure phase
    17.12. The build phase
    17.13. The test phase
    17.14. The install phase
    17.15. The package phase
    17.16. Cleaning up
    17.17. Other helpful targets

18. Tools needed for building or running

    18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds
    18.2. Tools needed by packages
    18.3. Tools provided by platforms
    18.4. Questions regarding the tools

19. Making your package work

    19.1. General operation

        19.1.1. Portability of packages
        19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf
        19.1.3. User interaction
        19.1.4. Handling licenses
        19.1.5. Restricted packages
        19.1.6. Handling dependencies
        19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages
        19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built
        19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed
        19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems
        19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing
            package
        19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST
            framework)

    19.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase

        19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading
        19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name

    19.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase

        19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool
        19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool
        19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake

    19.4. Programming languages

        19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran
        19.4.2. Java
        19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts
        19.4.4. Other programming languages

    19.5. Fixing problems in the build phase

        19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally
        19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs
        19.5.3. Undefined reference to "..."
        19.5.4. Running out of memory

    19.6. Fixing problems in the install phase

        19.6.1. Creating needed directories
        19.6.2. Where to install documentation
        19.6.3. Installing highscore files
        19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages
        19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters
        19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules
        19.6.7. Packages installing info files
        19.6.8. Packages installing man pages
        19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files
        19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files
        19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts
        19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules
        19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data
        19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database
        19.6.15. Packages using intltool
        19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts
        19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules
        19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation
        19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons
        19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files

    19.7. Marking packages as having problems

20. Debugging
21. Submitting and Committing

    21.1. Submitting binary packages
    21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)
    21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages
    21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS
    21.5. Updating a package to a newer version
    21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc

22. Frequently Asked Questions
23. GNOME packaging and porting

    23.1. Meta packages
    23.2. Packaging a GNOME application
    23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version
    23.4. Patching guidelines

Chapter 10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch

Table of Contents

10.1. Common types of packages

    10.1.1. Perl modules
    10.1.2. KDE applications

10.2. Examples

    10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc

When you find a package that is not yet in pkgsrc, you most likely have a URL
from where you can download the source code. Starting with this URL, creating a
package involves only a few steps.

 1. First, install the packages pkgtools/url2pkg and pkgtools/pkglint.

 2. Then, choose one of the top-level directories as the category in which you
    want to place your package. You can also create a directory of your own
    (maybe called local). In that category directory, create another directory
    for your package and change into it.

 3. Run the program url2pkg, which will ask you for a URL. Enter the URL of the
    distribution file (in most cases a .tar.gz file) and watch how the basic
    ingredients of your package are created automatically. The distribution
    file is extracted automatically to fill in some details in the Makefile
    that would otherwise have to be done manually.

 4. Examine the extracted files to determine the dependencies of your package.
    Ideally, this is mentioned in some README file, but things may differ. For
    each of these dependencies, look where it exists in pkgsrc, and if there is
    a file called buildlink3.mk in that directory, add a line to your package
    Makefile which includes that file just before the last line. If the
    buildlink3.mk file does not exist, add a DEPENDS line to the Makefile,
    which specifies the version of the dependency and where it can be found in
    pkgsrc. This line should be placed in the third paragraph. If the
    dependency is only needed for building the package, but not when using it,
    use BUILD_DEPENDS instead of DEPENDS. Your package may then look like this:

    [...]

    BUILD_DEPENDS+= lua>=5.0:../../lang/lua
    DEPENDS+=       screen-[0-9]*:../../misc/screen
    DEPENDS+=       screen>=4.0:../../misc/screen

    [...]

    .include "../../category/package/buildlink3.mk"
    .include "../../devel/glib2/buildlink3.mk"
    .include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk"

 5. Run pkglint to see what things still need to be done to make your package a
    "good" one. If you don't know what pkglint's warnings want to tell you, try
    pkglint --explain or pkglint -e, which outputs additional explanations.

 6. In many cases the package is not yet ready to build. You can find
    instructions for the most common cases in the next section, Section 10.1,
    "Common types of packages". After you have followed the instructions over
    there, you can hopefully continue here.

 7. Run bmake clean to clean the working directory from the extracted files.
    Besides these files, a lot of cache files and other system information has
    been saved in the working directory, which may become wrong after you
    edited the Makefile.

 8. Now, run bmake to build the package. For the various things that can go
    wrong in this phase, consult Chapter 19, Making your package work.

 9. When the package builds fine, the next step is to install the package. Run
    bmake install and hope that everything works.

10. Up to now, the file PLIST, which contains a list of the files that are
    installed by the package, is nearly empty. Run bmake print-PLIST >PLIST to
    generate a probably correct list. Check the file using your preferred text
    editor to see if the list of files looks plausible.

11. Run pkglint again to see if the generated PLIST contains garbage or not.

12. When you ran bmake install, the package has been registered in the database
    of installed files, but with an empty list of files. To fix this, run bmake
    deinstall and bmake install again. Now the package is registered with the
    list of files from PLIST.

13. Run bmake package to create a binary package from the set of installed
    files.

10.1. Common types of packages

10.1.1. Perl modules

Simple Perl modules are handled automatically by url2pkg, including
dependencies.

10.1.2. KDE applications

KDE applications should always include meta-pkgs/kde3/kde3.mk, which contains
numerous settings that are typical of KDE packages.

10.2. Examples

10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc

10.2.1.1. The initial package

Looking at the file pkgsrc/doc/TODO, I saw that the "nvu" package has not yet
been imported into pkgsrc. As the description says it has to do with the web,
the obvious choice for the category is "www".

$ mkdir www/nvu
$ cd www/nvu

The web site says that the sources are available as a tar file, so I fed that
URL to the url2pkg program:

$ url2pkg http://cvs.nvu.com/download/nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2

My editor popped up, and I added a PKGNAME line below the DISTNAME line, as the
package name should not have the word "sources" in it. I also filled in the
MAINTAINER, HOMEPAGE and COMMENT fields. Then the package Makefile looked like
that:

# $NetBSD$
#

DISTNAME=       nvu-1.0-sources
PKGNAME=        nvu-1.0
CATEGORIES=     www
MASTER_SITES=   http://cvs.nvu.com/download/
EXTRACT_SUFX=   .tar.bz2

MAINTAINER=     rillig@NetBSD.org
HOMEPAGE=       http://cvs.nvu.com/
COMMENT=        Web Authoring System

# url2pkg-marker (please do not remove this line.)
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk"

Then, I quit the editor and watched pkgsrc downloading a large source archive:

url2pkg> Running "make makesum" ...
=> Required installed package digest>=20010302: digest-20060826 found
=> Fetching nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
Requesting http://cvs.nvu.com/download/nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
100% |*************************************| 28992 KB  150.77 KB/s00:00 ETA
29687976 bytes retrieved in 03:12 (150.77 KB/s)
url2pkg> Running "make extract" ...
=> Required installed package digest>=20010302: digest-20060826 found
=> Checksum SHA1 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
=> Checksum RMD160 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
work.bacc -> /tmp/roland/pkgsrc/www/nvu/work.bacc
===> Installing dependencies for nvu-1.0
===> Overriding tools for nvu-1.0
===> Extracting for nvu-1.0
url2pkg> Adjusting the Makefile.

Remember to correct CATEGORIES, HOMEPAGE, COMMENT, and DESCR when you're done!

Good luck! (See pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.txt for some more help :-)

10.2.1.2. Fixing all kinds of problems to make the package work

Now that the package has been extracted, let's see what's inside it. The
package has a README.txt, but that only says something about mozilla, so it's
probably useless for seeing what dependencies this package has. But since there
is a GNU configure script in the package, let's hope that it will complain
about everything it needs.

$ bmake
=> Required installed package digest>=20010302: digest-20060826 found
=> Checksum SHA1 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
=> Checksum RMD160 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
===> Patching for nvu-1.0
===> Creating toolchain wrappers for nvu-1.0
===> Configuring for nvu-1.0
[...]
configure: error: Perl 5.004 or higher is required.
[...]
WARNING: Please add USE_TOOLS+=perl to the package Makefile.
[...]

That worked quite well. So I opened the package Makefile in my editor, and
since it already has a USE_TOOLS line, I just appended "perl" to it. Since the
dependencies of the package have changed now, and since a perl wrapper is
automatically installed in the "tools" phase, I need to build the package from
scratch.

$ bmake clean
===> Cleaning for nvu-1.0
$ bmake
[...]
*** /tmp/roland/pkgsrc/www/nvu/work.bacc/.tools/bin/make is not \
GNU Make.  You will not be able to build Mozilla without GNU Make.
[...]

So I added "gmake" to the USE_TOOLS line and tried again (from scratch).

[...]
checking for GTK - version >= 1.2.0... no
*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why...
[...]

Now to the other dependencies. The first question is: Where is the GTK package
hidden in pkgsrc?

$ echo ../../*/gtk*
[many packages ...]
$ echo ../../*/gtk
../../x11/gtk
$ echo ../../*/gtk2
../../x11/gtk2
$ echo ../../*/gtk2/bui*
../../x11/gtk2/buildlink3.mk

The first try was definitely too broad. The second one had exactly one result,
which is very good. But there is one pitfall with GNOME packages. Before GNOME
2 had been released, there were already many GNOME 1 packages in pkgsrc. To be
able to continue to use these packages, the GNOME 2 packages were imported as
separate packages, and their names usually have a "2" appended. So I checked
whether this was the case here, and indeed it was.

Since the GTK2 package has a buildlink3.mk file, adding the dependency is very
easy. I just inserted an .include line before the last line of the package
Makefile, so that it now looks like this:

[...]
.include "../../x11/gtk2/buildlink3.mk"
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk

After another bmake clean && bmake, the answer was:

[...]
checking for gtk-config... /home/roland/pkg/bin/gtk-config
checking for GTK - version >= 1.2.0... no
*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why...
*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the
*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed
*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you
*** may want to edit the gtk-config script: /home/roland/pkg/bin/gtk-config
configure: error: Test for GTK failed.
[...]

In this particular case, the assumption that "every package prefers GNOME 2"
had been wrong. The first of the lines above told me that this package really
wanted to have the GNOME 1 version of GTK. If the package had looked for GTK2,
it would have looked for pkg-config instead of gtk-config. So I changed the x11
/gtk2 to x11/gtk in the package Makefile, and tried again.

[...]
cc -o xpidl.o -c -DOSTYPE=\"NetBSD3\" -DOSARCH=\"NetBSD\"   -I../../../dist/include/xpcom -I../../../dist/include -I/tmp/roland/pkgsrc/www/nvu/work.bacc/mozilla/dist/include/nspr -I/usr/X11R6/include   -fPIC -DPIC -I/home/roland/pkg/include -I/usr/include  -I/usr/X11R6/include -Wall -W -Wno-unused -Wpointer-arith -Wcast-align -Wno-long-long -pedantic -O2 -I/home/roland/pkg/include -I/usr/include -Dunix -pthread -pipe  -DDEBUG -D_DEBUG -DDEBUG_roland -DTRACING -g -I/home/roland/pkg/include/glib/glib-1.2 -I/home/roland/pkg/lib/glib/include -I/usr/pkg/include/orbit-1.0   -I/home/roland/pkg/include -I/usr/include  -I/usr/X11R6/include -include ../../../mozilla-config.h -DMOZILLA_CLIENT -Wp,-MD,.deps/xpidl.pp xpidl.c
In file included from xpidl.c:42:
xpidl.h:53:24: libIDL/IDL.h: No such file or directory
In file included from xpidl.c:42:
xpidl.h:132: error: parse error before "IDL_ns"
[...]

The package still does not find all of its dependencies. Now the question is:
Which package provides the libIDL/IDL.h header file?

$ echo ../../*/*idl*
../../devel/py-idle ../../wip/idled ../../x11/acidlaunch
$ echo ../../*/*IDL*
../../net/libIDL

Let's take the one from the second try. So I included the ../../net/libIDL/
buildlink3.mk file and tried again. But the error didn't change. After digging
through some of the code, I concluded that the build process of the package was
broken and couldn't have ever worked, but since the Mozilla source tree is
quite large, I didn't want to fix it. So I added the following to the package
Makefile and tried again:

CPPFLAGS+=              -I${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.libIDL}/include/libIDL-2.0
BUILDLINK_TRANSFORM+=   -l:IDL:IDL-2

The latter line is needed because the package expects the library libIDL.so,
but only libIDL-2.so is available. So I told the compiler wrapper to rewrite
that on the fly.

The next problem was related to a recent change of the FreeType interface. I
looked up in www/seamonkey which patch files were relevant for this issue and
copied them to the patches directory. Then I retried, fixed the patches so that
they applied cleanly and retried again. This time, everything worked.

10.2.1.3. Installing the package

$ bmake CHECK_FILES=no install
[...]
$ bmake print-PLIST >PLIST
$ bmake deinstall
$ bmake install

Chapter 11. Package components - files, directories and contents

Table of Contents

11.1. Makefile
11.2. distinfo
11.3. patches/*

    11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file
    11.3.2. Creating patch files
    11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from
    11.3.4. Patching guidelines
    11.3.5. Feedback to the author

11.4. Other mandatory files
11.5. Optional files

    11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package
    11.5.2. Files affecting the build process
    11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all

11.6. work*
11.7. files/*

Whenever you're preparing a package, there are a number of files involved which
are described in the following sections.

11.1. Makefile

Building, installation and creation of a binary package are all controlled by
the package's Makefile. The Makefile describes various things about a package,
for example from where to get it, how to configure, build, and install it.

A package Makefile contains several sections that describe the package.

In the first section there are the following variables, which should appear
exactly in the order given here. The order and grouping of the variables is
mostly historical and has no further meaning.

  * DISTNAME is the basename of the distribution file to be downloaded from the
    package's website.

  * PKGNAME is the name of the package, as used by pkgsrc. You only need to
    provide it if DISTNAME (which is the default) is not a good name for the
    package in pkgsrc. Usually it is the pkgsrc directory name together with
    the version number. It must match the regular expression ^[A-Za-z0-9]
    [A-Za-z0-9-_.+]*$, that is, it starts with a letter or digit, and contains
    only letters, digits, dashes, underscores, dots and plus signs.

  * SVR4_PKGNAME is the name of the package file to create if the PKGNAME isn't
    unique on a SVR4 system. The default is PKGNAME, which may be shortened
    when you use pkgtools/gensolpkg. Only add SVR4_PKGNAME if PKGNAME does not
    produce an unique package name on a SVR4 system. The length of SVR4_PKGNAME
    is limited to 5 characters.

  * CATEGORIES is a list of categories which the package fits in. You can
    choose any of the top-level directories of pkgsrc for it.

    Currently the following values are available for CATEGORIES. If more than
    one is used, they need to be separated by spaces:

    archivers     cross         geography     meta-pkgs     security
    audio         databases     graphics      misc          shells
    benchmarks    devel         ham           multimedia    sysutils
    biology       editors       inputmethod   net           textproc
    cad           emulators     lang          news          time
    chat          finance       mail          parallel      wm
    comms         fonts         math          pkgtools      www
    converters    games         mbone         print         x11

  * MASTER_SITES, DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES, DIST_SUBDIR, EXTRACT_SUFX and DISTFILES
    are discussed in detail in Section 17.5, "The fetch phase".

The second section contains information about separately downloaded patches, if
any.

  * PATCHFILES: Name(s) of additional files that contain distribution patches.
    There is no default. pkgsrc will look for them at PATCH_SITES. They will
    automatically be uncompressed before patching if the names end with .gz or
    .Z.

  * PATCH_SITES: Primary location(s) for distribution patch files (see
    PATCHFILES below) if not found locally.

The third section contains the following variables.

  * MAINTAINER is the email address of the person who feels responsible for
    this package, and who is most likely to look at problems or questions
    regarding this package which have been reported with send-pr(1). Other
    developers may contact the MAINTAINER before making changes to the package,
    but are not required to do so. When packaging a new program, set MAINTAINER
    to yourself. If you really can't maintain the package for future updates,
    set it to <pkgsrc-users@NetBSD.org>.

  * OWNER should be used instead of MAINTAINER when you do not want other
    developers to update or change the package without contacting you first. A
    package Makefile should contain one of MAINTAINER or OWNER, but not both.

  * HOMEPAGE is a URL where users can find more information about the package.

  * COMMENT is a one-line description of the package (should not include the
    package name).

Other variables that affect the build:

  * WRKSRC: The directory where the interesting distribution files of the
    package are found. The default is ${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}, which works for
    most packages.

    If a package doesn't create a subdirectory for itself (most GNU software
    does, for instance), but extracts itself in the current directory, you
    should set WRKSRC=${WRKDIR}.

    If a package doesn't create a subdirectory with the name of DISTNAME but
    some different name, set WRKSRC to point to the proper name in ${WRKDIR},
    for example WRKSRC=${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}/unix. See lang/tcl and x11/tk for
    other examples.

    The name of the working directory created by pkgsrc is taken from the
    WRKDIR_BASENAME variable. By default, its value is work. If you want to use
    the same pkgsrc tree for building different kinds of binary packages, you
    can change the variable according to your needs. Two other variables handle
    common cases of setting WRKDIR_BASENAME individually. If OBJHOSTNAME is
    defined in mk.conf, the first component of the host's name is attached to
    the directory name. If OBJMACHINE is defined, the platform name is
    attached, which might look like work.i386 or work.sparc.

Please pay attention to the following gotchas:

  * Add MANCOMPRESSED if man pages are installed in compressed form by the
    package. For packages using BSD-style makefiles which honor MANZ, there is
    MANCOMPRESSED_IF_MANZ.

  * Replace /usr/local with "${PREFIX}" in all files (see patches, below).

  * If the package installs any info files, see Section 19.6.7, "Packages
    installing info files".

11.2. distinfo

The distinfo file contains the message digest, or checksum, of each distfile
needed for the package. This ensures that the distfiles retrieved from the
Internet have not been corrupted during transfer or altered by a malign force
to introduce a security hole. Due to recent rumor about weaknesses of digest
algorithms, all distfiles are protected using both SHA1 and RMD160 message
digests, as well as the file size.

The distinfo file also contains the checksums for all the patches found in the
patches directory (see Section 11.3, "patches/*").

To regenerate the distinfo file, use the make makedistinfo or make mdi command.

Some packages have different sets of distfiles depending on the platform, for
example www/navigator). These are kept in the same distinfo file and care
should be taken when upgrading such a package to ensure distfile information is
not lost.

11.3. patches/*

Many packages still don't work out-of-the box on the various platforms that are
supported by pkgsrc. Therefore, a number of custom patch files are needed to
make the package work. These patch files are found in the patches/ directory.

In the patch phase, these patches are applied to the files in WRKSRC directory
after extracting them, in alphabetic order, so patch-aa is applied before
patch-ab, etc.

11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file

The patch-* files should be in diff -bu format, and apply without a fuzz to
avoid problems. (To force patches to apply with fuzz you can set
PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR=-F2). Furthermore, each patch should contain only changes for
a single file, and no file should be patched by more than one patch file. This
helps to keep future modifications simple.

Each patch file is structured as follows: In the first line, there is the RCS
Id of the patch itself. The second line should be empty for aesthetic reasons.
After that, there should be a comment for each change that the patch does.
There are a number of standard cases:

  * Patches that replace the == operator for test(1) with = in shell scripts
    are so common that they don't need a comment at all.

  * Patches for commonly known vulnerabilities should mention the vulnerability
    ID (CAN, CVE).

  * Patches that change source code should mention the platform and other
    environment (for example, the compiler) that the patch is needed for.

In all other cases, the patch should be commented so that any developer who
knows the code of the application can make some use of the patch. Special care
should be taken for the upstream developers, since we generally want that they
accept our patches, so we have less work in the future.

11.3.2. Creating patch files

One important thing to mention is to pay attention that no RCS IDs get stored
in the patch files, as these will cause problems when later checked into the
NetBSD CVS tree. Use the pkgdiff command from the pkgtools/pkgdiff package to
avoid these problems.

For even more automation, we recommend using mkpatches from the same package to
make a whole set of patches. You just have to backup files before you edit them
to filename.orig, e.g. with cp -p filename filename.orig or, easier, by using
pkgvi again from the same package. If you upgrade a package this way, you can
easily compare the new set of patches with the previously existing one with
patchdiff. Copy the patches you want to use or update from the work/.newpatches
directory to patches/.

When you have finished a package, remember to generate the checksums for the
patch files by using the make makepatchsum command, see Section 11.2,
"distinfo".

When adding a patch that corrects a problem in the distfile (rather than e.g.
enforcing pkgsrc's view of where man pages should go), send the patch as a bug
report to the maintainer. This benefits non-pkgsrc users of the package, and
usually makes it possible to remove the patch in future version.

The file names of the patch files are usually of the form patch-[a-z][a-z].

11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from

If you want to share patches between multiple packages in pkgsrc, e.g. because
they use the same distfiles, set PATCHDIR to the path where the patch files can
be found, e.g.:

PATCHDIR= ${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/patches

Patch files that are distributed by the author or other maintainers can be
listed in PATCHFILES.

If it is desired to store any patches that should not be committed into pkgsrc,
they can be kept outside the pkgsrc tree in the $LOCALPATCHES directory. The
directory tree there is expected to have the same "category/package" structure
as pkgsrc, and patches are expected to be stored inside these dirs (also known
as $LOCALPATCHES/$PKGPATH). For example, if you want to keep a private patch
for pkgsrc/graphics/png, keep it in $LOCALPATCHES/graphics/png/mypatch. All
files in the named directory are expected to be patch files, and they are
applied after pkgsrc patches are applied.

11.3.4. Patching guidelines

When fixing a portability issue in the code do not use preprocessor magic to
check for the current operating system nor platform. Doing so hurts portability
to other platforms because the OS-specific details are not abstracted
appropriately.

The general rule to follow is: instead of checking for the operating system the
application is being built on, check for the specific features you need. For
example, instead of assuming that kqueue is available under NetBSD and using
the __NetBSD__ macro to conditionalize kqueue support, add a check that detects
kqueue itself ? yes, this generally involves patching the configure script.
There is absolutely nothing that prevents some OSes from adopting interfaces
from other OSes (e.g. Linux implementing kqueue), something that the above
checks cannot take into account.

Of course, checking for features generally involves more work on the
developer's side, but the resulting changes are cleaner and there are chances
they will work on many other platforms. Not to mention that there are higher
chances of being later integrated into the mainstream sources. Remember: It
doesn't work unless it is right!

Some typical examples:

Table 11.1. Patching examples

+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|  Where  |        Incorrect         |                       Correct                        |
|---------+--------------------------+------------------------------------------------------|
|         |case ${target_os} in      |                                                      |
|configure|netbsd*) have_kvm=yes ;;  |AC_CHECK_LIB(kvm, kvm_open, have_kvm=yes, have_kvm=no)|
|script   |*)       have_kvm=no  ;;  |                                                      |
|         |esac                      |                                                      |
|---------+--------------------------+------------------------------------------------------|
|C source |#if defined(__NetBSD__)   |#if defined(HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H)                         |
|file     |#  include <sys/event.h>  |#  include <sys/event.h>                              |
|         |#endif                    |#endif                                                |
|---------+--------------------------+------------------------------------------------------|
|         |int                       |int                                                   |
|         |monitor_file(...)         |monitor_file(...)                                     |
|         |{                         |{                                                     |
|         |#if defined(__NetBSD__)   |#if defined(HAVE_KQUEUE)                              |
|C source |        int fd = kqueue();|        int fd = kqueue();                            |
|file     |        ...               |        ...                                           |
|         |#else                     |#else                                                 |
|         |        ...               |        ...                                           |
|         |#endif                    |#endif                                                |
|         |}                         |}                                                     |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+


For more information, please read the Making packager-friendly software article
(part 1, part 2). It summarizes multiple details on how to make software easier
to package; all the suggestions in it were collected from our experience in
pkgsrc work, so they are possibly helpful when creating patches too.

11.3.5. Feedback to the author

Always, always, always feed back any portability fixes or improvements you do
to a package to the mainstream developers. This is the only way to get their
attention on portability issues and to ensure that future versions can be built
out-of-the box on NetBSD. Furthermore, any user that gets newer distfiles will
get the fixes straight from the packaged code.

This generally involves cleaning up the patches (because sometimes the patches
that are added to pkgsrc are quick hacks), filling bug reports in the
appropriate trackers for the projects and working with the mainstream authors
to accept your changes. It is extremely important that you do it so that the
packages in pkgsrc are kept simple and thus further changes can be done without
much hassle.

Support the idea of free software!

11.4. Other mandatory files

DESCR

    A multi-line description of the piece of software. This should include any
    credits where they are due. Please bear in mind that others do not share
    your sense of humour (or spelling idiosyncrasies), and that others will
    read everything that you write here.

PLIST

    This file governs the files that are installed on your system: all the
    binaries, manual pages, etc. There are other directives which may be
    entered in this file, to control the creation and deletion of directories,
    and the location of inserted files. See Chapter 13, PLIST issues for more
    information.

11.5. Optional files

11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package

INSTALL

    This shell script is invoked twice by pkg_add(1). First time after package
    extraction and before files are moved in place, the second time after the
    files to install are moved in place. This can be used to do any custom
    procedures not possible with @exec commands in PLIST. See pkg_add(1) and
    pkg_create(1) for more information. See also Section 15.1, "Files and
    directories outside the installation prefix".

DEINSTALL

    This script is executed before and after any files are removed. It is this
    script's responsibility to clean up any additional messy details around the
    package's installation, since all pkg_delete knows is how to delete the
    files created in the original distribution. See pkg_delete(1) and
    pkg_create(1) for more information.

MESSAGE

    This file is displayed after installation of the package. Useful for things
    like legal notices on almost-free software and hints for updating config
    files after installing modules for apache, PHP etc. Please note that you
    can modify variables in it easily by using MESSAGE_SUBST in the package's
    Makefile:

    MESSAGE_SUBST+=  SOMEVAR="somevalue"

    replaces "${SOMEVAR}" with "somevalue" in MESSAGE. By default, substitution
    is performed for PKGNAME, PKGBASE, PREFIX, LOCALBASE, X11PREFIX, X11BASE,
    PKG_SYSCONFDIR, ROOT_GROUP, and ROOT_GROUP.

    You can display a different or additional files by setting the MESSAGE_SRC
    variable. Its default is MESSAGE, if the file exists.

ALTERNATIVES

    FIXME: There is no documentation on the alternatives framework.

11.5.2. Files affecting the build process

Makefile.common

    This file contains arbitrary things that could also go into a Makefile, but
    its purpose is to be used by more than one package. This file should only
    be used when the packages that will use the file are known in advance. For
    other purposes it is often better to write a *.mk file and give it a good
    name that describes what it does.

buildlink3.mk

    This file contains the dependency information for the buildlink3 framework
    (see Chapter 14, Buildlink methodology).

hacks.mk

    This file contains workarounds for compiler bugs and similar things. It is
    included automatically by the pkgsrc infrastructure, so you don't need an
    extra .include line for it.

options.mk

    This file contains the code for the package-specific options (see
    Chapter 16, Options handling) that can be selected by the user. If a
    package has only one or two options, it is equally acceptable to put the
    code directly into the Makefile.

11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all

README*

    These files do not take place in the creation of a package and thus are
    purely informative to the package developer.

TODO

    This file contains things that need to be done to make the package even
    better.

11.6. work*

When you type make, the distribution files are unpacked into the directory
denoted by WRKDIR. It can be removed by running make clean. Besides the
sources, this directory is also used to keep various timestamp files. The
directory gets removed completely on clean. The default is ${.CURDIR}/work or $
{.CURDIR}/work.${MACHINE_ARCH} if OBJMACHINE is set.

11.7. files/*

If you have any files that you wish to be placed in the package prior to
configuration or building, you could place these files here and use a ${CP}
command in the "pre-configure" target to achieve this. Alternatively, you could
simply diff the file against /dev/null and use the patch mechanism to manage
the creation of this file.

If you want to share files in this way with other packages, set the FILESDIR
variable to point to the other package's files directory, e.g.:

FILESDIR=${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/files

Chapter 12. Programming in Makefiles

Table of Contents

12.1. Caveats
12.2. Makefile variables

    12.2.1. Naming conventions

12.3. Code snippets

    12.3.1. Adding things to a list
    12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list
    12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command
    12.3.4. Quoting guideline
    12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make

Pkgsrc consists of many Makefile fragments, each of which forms a well-defined
part of the pkgsrc system. Using the make(1) system as a programming language
for a big system like pkgsrc requires some discipline to keep the code correct
and understandable.

The basic ingredients for Makefile programming are variables (which are
actually macros) and shell commands. Among these shell commands may even be
more complex ones like awk(1) programs. To make sure that every shell command
runs as intended it is necessary to quote all variables correctly when they are
used.

This chapter describes some patterns, that appear quite often in Makefiles,
including the pitfalls that come along with them.

12.1. Caveats

  * When you are creating a file as a target of a rule, always write the data
    to a temporary file first and finally rename that file. Otherwise there
    might occur an error in the middle of generating the file, and when the
    user runs make(1) for the second time, the file exists and will not be
    regenerated properly. Example:

    wrong:
            @echo "line 1" > ${.TARGET}
            @echo "line 2" >> ${.TARGET}
            @false

    correct:
            @echo "line 1" > ${.TARGET}.tmp
            @echo "line 2" >> ${.TARGET}.tmp
            @false
            @mv ${.TARGET}.tmp ${.TARGET}

    When you run make wrong twice, the file wrong will exist, although there
    was an error message in the first run. On the other hand, running make
    correct gives an error message twice, as expected.

    You might remember that make(1) sometimes removes ${.TARGET} in case of
    error, but this only happens when it is interrupted, for example by
    pressing ^C. This does not happen when one of the commands fails (like
    false(1) above).

12.2. Makefile variables

Makefile variables contain strings that can be processed using the five
operators ``='', ``+='', ``?='', ``:='', and ``!='', which are described in the
make(1) man page.

When a variable's value is parsed from a Makefile, the hash character ``#'' and
the backslash character ``\'' are handled specially. If a backslash is followed
by a newline, any whitespace immediately in front of the backslash, the
backslash, the newline, and any whitespace immediately behind the newline are
replaced with a single space. A backslash character and an immediately
following hash character are replaced with a single hash character. Otherwise,
the backslash is passed as is. In a variable assignment, any hash character
that is not preceded by a backslash starts a comment that continues upto the
end of the logical line.

Note: Because of this parsing algorithm the only way to create a variable
consisting of a single backslash is using the ``!='' operator, for example:
BACKSLASH!=echo "\\".

So far for defining variables. The other thing you can do with variables is
evaluating them. A variable is evaluated when it is part of the right side of
the ``:='' or the ``!='' operator, or directly before executing a shell command
which the variable is part of. In all other cases, make(1) performs lazy
evaluation, that is, variables are not evaluated until there's no other way.
The ``modifiers'' mentioned in the man page also evaluate the variable.

Some of the modifiers split the string into words and then operate on the
words, others operate on the string as a whole. When a string is split into
words, it is split as you would expect it from sh(1).

No rule without exception?the .for loop does not follow the shell quoting rules
but splits at sequences of whitespace.

There are several types of variables that should be handled differently.
Strings and two types of lists.

  * Strings can contain arbitrary characters. Nevertheless, you should restrict
    yourself to only using printable characters. Examples are PREFIX and
    COMMENT.

  * Internal lists are lists that are never exported to any shell command.
    Their elements are separated by whitespace. Therefore, the elements
    themselves cannot have embedded whitespace. Any other characters are
    allowed. Internal lists can be used in .for loops. Examples are DEPENDS and
    BUILD_DEPENDS.

  * External lists are lists that may be exported to a shell command. Their
    elements can contain any characters, including whitespace. That's why they
    cannot be used in .for loops. Examples are DISTFILES and MASTER_SITES.

12.2.1. Naming conventions

  * All variable names starting with an underscore are reserved for use by the
    pkgsrc infrastructure. They shall not be used by package Makefiles.

  * In .for loops you should use lowercase variable names for the iteration
    variables.

  * All list variables should have a ``plural'' name, e.g. PKG_OPTIONS or
    DISTFILES.

12.3. Code snippets

This section presents you with some code snippets you should use in your own
code. If you don't find anything appropriate here, you should test your code
and add it here.

12.3.1. Adding things to a list

STRING=                 foo * bar `date`
INT_LIST=               # empty
ANOTHER_INT_LIST=       apache-[0-9]*:../../www/apache
EXT_LIST=               # empty
ANOTHER_EXT_LIST=       a=b c=d

INT_LIST+=              ${STRING}               # 1
INT_LIST+=              ${ANOTHER_INT_LIST}     # 2
EXT_LIST+=              ${STRING:Q}             # 3
EXT_LIST+=              ${ANOTHER_EXT_LIST}     # 4

When you add a string to an external list (example 3), it must be quoted. In
all other cases, you must not add a quoting level. You must not merge internal
and external lists, unless you are sure that all entries are correctly
interpreted in both lists.

12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list

EXT_LIST=       # empty
.for i in ${INT_LIST}
EXT_LIST+=      ${i:Q}""
.endfor

This code converts the internal list INT_LIST into the external list EXT_LIST.
As the elements of an internal list are unquoted they must be quoted here. The
reason for appending "" is explained below.

12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command

Sometimes you may want to print an arbitrary string. There are many ways to get
it wrong and only few that can handle every nastiness.

STRING=         foo bar <    > * `date` $$HOME ' "
EXT_LIST=       string=${STRING:Q} x=second\ item

all:
        echo ${STRING}                  # 1
        echo "${STRING}"                # 2
        echo "${STRING:Q}"              # 3
        echo ${STRING:Q}                # 4
        echo x${STRING:Q} | sed 1s,.,,  # 5
        printf "%s\\n" ${STRING:Q}""    # 6
        env ${EXT_LIST} /bin/sh -c 'echo "$$string"; echo "$$x"'

Example 1 leads to a syntax error in the shell, as the characters are just
copied.

Example 2 leads to a syntax error too, and if you leave out the last "
character from ${STRING}, date(1) will be executed. The $HOME shell variable
would be evaluated, too.

Example 3 outputs each space character preceded by a backslash (or not),
depending on the implementation of the echo(1) command.

Example 4 handles correctly every string that does not start with a dash. In
that case, the result depends on the implementation of the echo(1) command. As
long as you can guarantee that your input does not start with a dash, this form
is appropriate.

Example 5 handles even the case of a leading dash correctly.

Example 6 also works with every string and is the light-weight solution, since
it does not involve a pipe, which has its own problems.

The EXT_LIST does not need to be quoted because the quoting has already been
done when adding elements to the list.

As internal lists shall not be passed to the shell, there is no example for it.

12.3.4. Quoting guideline

There are many possible sources of wrongly quoted variables. This section lists
some of the commonly known ones.

  * Whenever you use the value of a list, think about what happens to leading
    or trailing whitespace. If the list is a well-formed shell expression, you
    can apply the :M* modifier to strip leading and trailing whitespace from
    each word. The :M operator first splits its argument according to the rules
    of the shell, and then creates a new list consisting of all words that
    match the shell glob expression *, that is: all. One class of situations
    where this is needed is when adding a variable like CPPFLAGS to
    CONFIGURE_ARGS. If the configure script invokes other configure scripts, it
    strips the leading and trailing whitespace from the variable and then
    passes it to the other configure scripts. But these configure scripts
    expect the (child) CPPFLAGS variable to be the same as the parent CPPFLAGS.
    That's why we better pass the CPPFLAGS value properly trimmed. And here is
    how we do it:

    CPPFLAGS=               # empty
    CPPFLAGS+=              -Wundef -DPREFIX=\"${PREFIX:Q}\"
    CPPFLAGS+=              ${MY_CPPFLAGS}

    CONFIGURE_ARGS+=        CPPFLAGS=${CPPFLAGS:M*:Q}

    all:
            echo x${CPPFLAGS:Q}x            # leading and trailing whitespace
            echo x${CONFIGURE_ARGS}x        # properly trimmed

  * The example above contains one bug: The ${PREFIX} is a properly quoted
    shell expression, but there is the C compiler after it, which also expects
    a properly quoted string (this time in C syntax). The version above is
    therefore only correct if ${PREFIX} does not have embedded backslashes or
    double quotes. If you want to allow these, you have to add another layer of
    quoting to each variable that is used as a C string literal. You cannot use
    the :Q operator for it, as this operator only works for the shell.

  * Whenever a variable can be empty, the :Q operator can have surprising
    results. Here are two completely different cases which can be solved with
    the same trick.

    EMPTY=                  # empty
    empty_test:
            for i in a ${EMPTY:Q} c; do \
                echo "$$i"; \
            done

    for_test:
    .for i in a:\ a:\test.txt
            echo ${i:Q}
            echo "foo"
    .endfor

    The first example will only print two of the three lines we might have
    expected. This is because ${EMPTY:Q} expands to the empty string, which the
    shell cannot see. The workaround is to write ${EMPTY:Q}"". This pattern can
    be often found as ${TEST} -z ${VAR:Q} or as ${TEST} -f ${FNAME:Q} (both of
    these are wrong).

    The second example will only print three lines instead of four. The first
    line looks like a:\ echo foo. This is because the backslash of the value a:
    \ is interpreted as a line-continuation by make(1), which makes the second
    line the arguments of the echo(1) command from the first line. To avoid
    this, write ${i:Q}"".

12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make

The pkgsrc bmake program does not handle the following assignment correctly. In
case _othervar_ contains a ``-'' character, one of the closing braces is
included in ${VAR} after this code executes.

VAR:=   ${VAR:N${_othervar_:C/-//}}

For a more complex code snippet and a workaround, see the package regress/
make-quoting, testcase bug1.

Chapter 13. PLIST issues

Table of Contents

13.1. RCS ID
13.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation
13.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST
13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST
13.5. Man page compression
13.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC
13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs
13.8. Sharing directories between packages

The PLIST file contains a package's "packing list", i.e. a list of files that
belong to the package (relative to the ${PREFIX} directory it's been installed
in) plus some additional statements - see the pkg_create(1) man page for a full
list. This chapter addresses some issues that need attention when dealing with
the PLIST file (or files, see below!).

13.1. RCS ID

Be sure to add a RCS ID line as the first thing in any PLIST file you write:

@comment $NetBSD$


13.2. Semi-automatic PLIST generation

You can use the make print-PLIST command to output a PLIST that matches any new
files since the package was extracted. See Section 17.17, "Other helpful
targets" for more information on this target.

13.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST

If you have used any of the *-dirs packages, as explained in Section 13.8,
"Sharing directories between packages", you may have noticed that make
print-PLIST outputs a set of @comments instead of real @dirrm lines. You can
also do this for specific directories and files, so that the results of that
command are very close to reality. This helps a lot during the update of
packages.

The PRINT_PLIST_AWK variable takes a set of AWK patterns and actions that are
used to filter the output of print-PLIST. You can append any chunk of AWK
scripting you like to it, but be careful with quoting.

For example, to get all files inside the libdata/foo directory removed from the
resulting PLIST:

PRINT_PLIST_AWK+=       /^libdata\/foo/ { next; }


And to get all the @dirrm lines referring to a specific (shared) directory
converted to @comments:

PRINT_PLIST_AWK+=       /^@dirrm share\/specific/ { print "@comment " $$0; next; }


13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST

A number of variables are substituted automatically in PLISTs when a package is
installed on a system. This includes the following variables:

${MACHINE_ARCH}, ${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH}

    Some packages like emacs and perl embed information about which
    architecture they were built on into the pathnames where they install their
    files. To handle this case, PLIST will be preprocessed before actually
    used, and the symbol "${MACHINE_ARCH}" will be replaced by what uname -p
    gives. The same is done if the string ${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH} is embedded in
    PLIST somewhere - use this on packages that have GNU autoconf-created
    configure scripts.

    Legacy note

    There used to be a symbol "$ARCH" that was replaced by the output of uname
    -m, but that's no longer supported and has been removed.

${OPSYS}, ${LOWER_OPSYS}, ${OS_VERSION}

    Some packages want to embed the OS name and version into some paths. To do
    this, use these variables in the PLIST:

      * ${OPSYS} - output of "uname -s"

      * ${LOWER_OPSYS} - lowercase common name (eg. "solaris")

      * ${OS_VERSION} - "uname -r"

For a complete list of values which are replaced by default, please look in
bsd.pkg.mk (and search for PLIST_SUBST).

If you want to change other variables not listed above, you can add variables
and their expansions to this variable in the following way, similar to
MESSAGE_SUBST (see Section 11.5, "Optional files"):

PLIST_SUBST+=   SOMEVAR="somevalue"


This replaces all occurrences of "${SOMEVAR}" in the PLIST with "somevalue".

13.5. Man page compression

Man pages should be installed in compressed form if MANZ is set (in
bsd.own.mk), and uncompressed otherwise. To handle this in the PLIST file, the
suffix ".gz" is appended/removed automatically for man pages according to MANZ
and MANCOMPRESSED being set or not, see above for details. This modification of
the PLIST file is done on a copy of it, not PLIST itself.

13.6. Changing PLIST source with PLIST_SRC

To use one or more files as source for the PLIST used in generating the binary
package, set the variable PLIST_SRC to the names of that file(s). The files are
later concatenated using cat(1), and the order of things is important. The
default for PLIST_SRC is ${PKGDIR}/PLIST.

13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs

Some packages decide to install a different set of files based on the operating
system being used. These differences can be automatically handled by using the
following files:

  * PLIST.common

  * PLIST.${OPSYS}

  * PLIST.${MACHINE_ARCH}

  * PLIST.${OPSYS}-${MACHINE_ARCH}

  * PLIST.common_end

13.8. Sharing directories between packages

A "shared directory" is a directory where multiple (and unrelated) packages
install files. These directories are problematic because you have to add
special tricks in the PLIST to conditionally remove them, or have some
centralized package handle them.

Within pkgsrc, you'll find both approaches. If a directory is shared by a few
unrelated packages, it's often not worth to add an extra package to remove it.
Therefore, one simply does:

@unexec ${RMDIR} %D/path/to/shared/directory 2>/dev/null || ${TRUE}


in the PLISTs of all affected packages, instead of the regular "@dirrm" line.

However, if the directory is shared across many packages, two different
solutions are available:

 1. If the packages have a common dependency, the directory can be removed in
    that. For example, see textproc/scrollkeeper, which removes the shared
    directory share/omf.

 2. If the packages using the directory are not related at all (they have no
    common dependencies), a *-dirs package is used.

From now on, we'll discuss the second solution. To get an idea of the *-dirs
packages available, issue:

% cd .../pkgsrc
% ls -d */*-dirs


Their use from other packages is very simple. The USE_DIRS variable takes a
list of package names (without the "-dirs" part) together with the required
version number (always pick the latest one when writing new packages).

For example, if a package installs files under share/applications, it should
have the following line in it:

USE_DIRS+=      xdg-1.1


After regenerating the PLIST using make print-PLIST, you should get the right
(commented out) lines.

Note that even if your package is using $X11BASE, it must not depend on the
*-x11-dirs packages. Just specify the name without that part and pkgsrc (in
particular, mk/dirs.mk) will take care of it.

Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology

Table of Contents

14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3
14.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files

    14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file
    14.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files

14.3. Writing builtin.mk files

    14.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file
    14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software

Buildlink is a framework in pkgsrc that controls what headers and libraries are
seen by a package's configure and build processes. This is implemented in a two
step process:

 1. Symlink headers and libraries for dependencies into BUILDLINK_DIR, which by
    default is a subdirectory of WRKDIR.

 2. Create wrapper scripts that are used in place of the normal compiler tools
    that translate -I${LOCALBASE}/include and -L${LOCALBASE}/lib into
    references to BUILDLINK_DIR. The wrapper scripts also make native compiler
    on some operating systems look like GCC, so that packages that expect GCC
    won't require modifications to build with those native compilers.

This normalizes the environment in which a package is built so that the package
may be built consistently despite what other software may be installed. Please
note that the normal system header and library paths, e.g. /usr/include, /usr/
lib, etc., are always searched -- buildlink3 is designed to insulate the
package build from non-system-supplied software.

14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3

The process of converting packages to use the buildlink3 framework
("bl3ifying") is fairly straightforward. The things to keep in mind are:

 1. Ensure that the build always calls the wrapper scripts instead of the
    actual toolchain. Some packages are tricky, and the only way to know for
    sure is the check ${WRKDIR}/.work.log to see if the wrappers are being
    invoked.

 2. Don't override PREFIX from within the package Makefile, e.g. Java VMs,
    standalone shells, etc., because the code to symlink files into $
    {BUILDLINK_DIR} looks for files relative to "pkg_info -qp pkgname".

 3. Remember that only the buildlink3.mk files that you list in a package's
    Makefile are added as dependencies for that package.

If a dependency on a particular package is required for its libraries and
headers, then we replace:

DEPENDS+=       foo>=1.1.0:../../category/foo

with

.include "../../category/foo/buildlink3.mk"

The buildlink3.mk files usually define the required dependencies. If you need a
newer version of the dependency when using buildlink3.mk files, then you can
define it in your Makefile; for example:

BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo+=   foo>=1.1.0
.include "../../category/foo/buildlink3.mk"

There are several buildlink3.mk files in pkgsrc/mk that handle special package
issues:

  * bdb.buildlink3.mk chooses either the native or a pkgsrc Berkeley DB
    implementation based on the values of BDB_ACCEPTED and BDB_DEFAULT.

  * curses.buildlink3.mk: If the system comes with neither Curses nor NCurses,
    this will take care to install the devel/ncurses package.

  * krb5.buildlink3.mk uses the value of KRB5_ACCEPTED to choose between adding
    a dependency on Heimdal or MIT-krb5 for packages that require a Kerberos 5
    implementation.

  * motif.buildlink3.mk checks for a system-provided Motif installation or adds
    a dependency on x11/lesstif or x11/openmotif. The user can set MOTIF_TYPE
    to "dt", "lesstif", or "openmotif" to choose which Motif version will be
    used.

  * oss.buildlink3.mk defines several variables that may be used by packages
    that use the Open Sound System (OSS) API.

  * pgsql.buildlink3.mk will accept either Postgres 8.0, 8.1, or 8.2, whichever
    is found installed. See the file for more information.

  * pthread.buildlink3.mk uses the value of PTHREAD_OPTS and checks for native
    pthreads or adds a dependency on devel/pth as needed.

  * xaw.buildlink3.mk uses the value of XAW_TYPE to choose a particular Athena
    widgets library.

The comments in those buildlink3.mk files provide a more complete description
of how to use them properly.

14.2. Writing buildlink3.mk files

A package's buildlink3.mk file is included by Makefiles to indicate the need to
compile and link against header files and libraries provided by the package. A
buildlink3.mk file should always provide enough information to add the correct
type of dependency relationship and include any other buildlink3.mk files that
it needs to find headers and libraries that it needs in turn.

To generate an initial buildlink3.mk file for further editing, Rene Hexel's
pkgtools/createbuildlink package is highly recommended. For most packages, the
following command will generate a good starting point for buildlink3.mk files:

% cd pkgsrc/category/pkgdir
% createbuildlink >buildlink3.mk


14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file

The following real-life example buildlink3.mk is taken from pkgsrc/graphics/
tiff:

# $NetBSD: buildlink3.mk,v 1.7 2004/03/18 09:12:12 jlam Exp $

BUILDLINK_DEPTH:=       ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH}+
TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK:=    ${TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK}+

.if ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH} == "+"
BUILDLINK_DEPENDS+=     tiff
.endif

BUILDLINK_PACKAGES:=    ${BUILDLINK_PACKAGES:Ntiff}
BUILDLINK_PACKAGES+=    tiff

.if ${TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK} == "+"
BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.tiff+=        tiff>=3.6.1
BUILDLINK_PKGSRCDIR.tiff?=      ../../graphics/tiff
.endif  # TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK

.include "../../devel/zlib/buildlink3.mk"
.include "../../graphics/jpeg/buildlink3.mk"

BUILDLINK_DEPTH:=       ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH:S/+$//}

The header and footer manipulate BUILDLINK_DEPTH, which is common across all
buildlink3.mk files and is used to track at what depth we are including
buildlink3.mk files.

The first section controls if the dependency on pkg is added. BUILDLINK_DEPENDS
is the global list of packages for which dependencies are added by buildlink3.

The second section advises pkgsrc that the buildlink3.mk file for pkg has been
included at some point. BUILDLINK_PACKAGES is the global list of packages for
which buildlink3.mk files have been included. It must always be appended to
within a buildlink3.mk file.

The third section is protected from multiple inclusion and controls how the
dependency on pkg is added. Several important variables are set in the section:

  * BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg is the actual dependency recorded in the
    installed package; this should always be set using += to ensure that we're
    appending to any pre-existing list of values. This variable should be set
    to the first version of the package that had an API change.

  * BUILDLINK_PKGSRCDIR.pkg is the location of the pkg pkgsrc directory.

  * BUILDLINK_DEPMETHOD.pkg (not shown above) controls whether we use
    BUILD_DEPENDS or DEPENDS to add the dependency on pkg. The build dependency
    is selected by setting BUILDLINK_DEPMETHOD.pkg to "build". By default, the
    full dependency is used.

  * BUILDLINK_INCDIRS.pkg and BUILDLINK_LIBDIRS.pkg (not shown above) are lists
    of subdirectories of ${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.pkg} to add to the header and
    library search paths. These default to "include" and "lib" respectively.

  * BUILDLINK_CPPFLAGS.pkg (not shown above) is the list of preprocessor flags
    to add to CPPFLAGS, which are passed on to the configure and build phases.
    The "-I" option should be avoided and instead be handled using
    BUILDLINK_INCDIRS.pkg as above.

The following variables are all optionally defined within this second section
(protected against multiple inclusion) and control which package files are
symlinked into ${BUILDLINK_DIR} and how their names are transformed during the
symlinking:

  * BUILDLINK_FILES.pkg (not shown above) is a shell glob pattern relative to $
    {BUILDLINK_PREFIX.pkg} to be symlinked into ${BUILDLINK_DIR}, e.g. include/
    *.h.

  * BUILDLINK_FILES_CMD.pkg (not shown above) is a shell pipeline that outputs
    to stdout a list of files relative to ${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.pkg}. The
    resulting files are to be symlinked into ${BUILDLINK_DIR}. By default, this
    takes the +CONTENTS of a pkg and filters it through $
    {BUILDLINK_CONTENTS_FILTER.pkg}.

  * BUILDLINK_CONTENTS_FILTER.pkg (not shown above) is a filter command that
    filters +CONTENTS input into a list of files relative to $
    {BUILDLINK_PREFIX.pkg} on stdout. By default for overwrite packages,
    BUILDLINK_CONTENTS_FILTER.pkg outputs the contents of the include and lib
    directories in the package +CONTENTS, and for pkgviews packages, it outputs
    any libtool archives in lib directories.

  * BUILDLINK_FNAME_TRANSFORM.pkg (not shown above) is a list of sed arguments
    used to transform the name of the source filename into a destination
    filename, e.g. -e "s|/curses.h|/ncurses.h|g".

The last section includes any buildlink3.mk needed for pkg's library
dependencies. Including these buildlink3.mk files means that the headers and
libraries for these dependencies are also symlinked into ${BUILDLINK_DIR}
whenever the pkg buildlink3.mk file is included.

14.2.2. Updating BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg in buildlink3.mk files

The situation that requires increasing the dependency listed in
BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg after a package update is when the API or interface
to the header files change.

In this case, BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg should be adjusted to require at least
the new package version. In some cases, the packages that depend on this new
version may need their PKGREVISIONs increased and, if they have buildlink3.mk
files, their BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg adjusted, too. This is needed so pkgsrc
will require the correct package dependency and not settle for an older one
when building the source.

BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.pkg should be increased when the binary interface or
sonames (major number of the library version) of any installed shared libraries
change. This is needed so that binary packages made using it will require the
correct package dependency and not settle for an older one which will not
contain the necessary shared libraries.

See Section 19.1.6, "Handling dependencies" for more information about
dependencies on other packages, including the BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS and
ABI_DEPENDS definitions.

Please take careful consideration before adjusting BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg or
BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.pkg as we don't want to cause unneeded package deletions
and rebuilds. In many cases, new versions of packages work just fine with older
dependencies.

Also it is not needed to set BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.pkg when it is identical to
BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg.

14.3. Writing builtin.mk files

Some packages in pkgsrc install headers and libraries that coincide with
headers and libraries present in the base system. Aside from a buildlink3.mk
file, these packages should also include a builtin.mk file that includes the
necessary checks to decide whether using the built-in software or the pkgsrc
software is appropriate.

The only requirements of a builtin.mk file for pkg are:

 1. It should set USE_BUILTIN.pkg to either "yes" or "no" after it is included.

 2. It should not override any USE_BUILTIN.pkg which is already set before the
    builtin.mk file is included.

 3. It should be written to allow multiple inclusion. This is very important
    and takes careful attention to Makefile coding.

14.3.1. Anatomy of a builtin.mk file

The following is the recommended template for builtin.mk files:

.if !defined(IS_BUILTIN.foo)
#
# IS_BUILTIN.foo is set to "yes" or "no" depending on whether "foo"
# genuinely exists in the system or not.
#
IS_BUILTIN.foo?=        no

# BUILTIN_PKG.foo should be set here if "foo" is built-in and its package
# version can be determined.
#
.  if !empty(IS_BUILTIN.foo:M[yY][eE][sS])
BUILTIN_PKG.foo?=       foo-1.0
.  endif
.endif  # IS_BUILTIN.foo

.if !defined(USE_BUILTIN.foo)
USE_BUILTIN.foo?=       ${IS_BUILTIN.foo}
.  if defined(BUILTIN_PKG.foo)
.    for _depend_ in ${BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo}
.      if !empty(USE_BUILTIN.foo:M[yY][eE][sS])
USE_BUILTIN.foo!=                                                       \
        ${PKG_ADMIN} pmatch '${_depend_}' ${BUILTIN_PKG.foo}            \
        && ${ECHO} "yes" || ${ECHO} "no"
.      endif
.    endfor
.  endif
.endif  # USE_BUILTIN.foo

CHECK_BUILTIN.foo?=     no
.if !empty(CHECK_BUILTIN.foo:M[nN][oO])
#
# Here we place code that depends on whether USE_BUILTIN.foo is set to
# "yes" or "no".
#
.endif  # CHECK_BUILTIN.foo

The first section sets IS_BUILTIN.pkg depending on if pkg really exists in the
base system. This should not be a base system software with similar
functionality to pkg; it should only be "yes" if the actual package is included
as part of the base system. This variable is only used internally within the
builtin.mk file.

The second section sets BUILTIN_PKG.pkg to the version of pkg in the base
system if it exists (if IS_BUILTIN.pkg is "yes"). This variable is only used
internally within the builtin.mk file.

The third section sets USE_BUILTIN.pkg and is required in all builtin.mk files.
The code in this section must make the determination whether the built-in
software is adequate to satisfy the dependencies listed in
BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg. This is typically done by comparing BUILTIN_PKG.pkg
against each of the dependencies in BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.pkg. USE_BUILTIN.pkg
must be set to the correct value by the end of the builtin.mk file. Note that
USE_BUILTIN.pkg may be "yes" even if IS_BUILTIN.pkg is "no" because we may make
the determination that the built-in version of the software is similar enough
to be used as a replacement.

The last section is guarded by CHECK_BUILTIN.pkg, and includes code that uses
the value of USE_BUILTIN.pkg set in the previous section. This typically
includes, e.g., adding additional dependency restrictions and listing
additional files to symlink into ${BUILDLINK_DIR} (via BUILDLINK_FILES.pkg).

14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software

When building packages, it's possible to choose whether to set a global
preference for using either the built-in (native) version or the pkgsrc version
of software to satisfy a dependency. This is controlled by setting
PREFER_PKGSRC and PREFER_NATIVE. These variables take values of either "yes",
"no", or a list of packages. PREFER_PKGSRC tells pkgsrc to use the pkgsrc
versions of software, while PREFER_NATIVE tells pkgsrc to use the built-in
versions. Preferences are determined by the most specific instance of the
package in either PREFER_PKGSRC or PREFER_NATIVE. If a package is specified in
neither or in both variables, then PREFER_PKGSRC has precedence over
PREFER_NATIVE. For example, to require using pkgsrc versions of software for
all but the most basic bits on a NetBSD system, you can set:

PREFER_PKGSRC=  yes
PREFER_NATIVE=  getopt skey tcp_wrappers

A package must have a builtin.mk file to be listed in PREFER_NATIVE, otherwise
it is simply ignored in that list.

Chapter 15. The pkginstall framework

Table of Contents

15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix

    15.1.1. Directory manipulation
    15.1.2. File manipulation

15.2. Configuration files

    15.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set
    15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are
    15.2.3. Patching installations
    15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files

15.3. System startup scripts

    15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts

15.4. System users and groups
15.5. System shells

    15.5.1. Disabling shell registration

15.6. Fonts

    15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases

This chapter describes the framework known as pkginstall, whose key features
are:

  * Generic installation and manipulation of directories and files outside the
    pkgsrc-handled tree, LOCALBASE.

  * Automatic handling of configuration files during installation, provided
    that packages are correctly designed.

  * Generation and installation of system startup scripts.

  * Registration of system users and groups.

  * Registration of system shells.

  * Automatic updating of fonts databases.

The following sections inspect each of the above points in detail.

You may be thinking that many of the things described here could be easily done
with simple code in the package's post-installation target (post-install). This
is incorrect, as the code in them is only executed when building from source.
Machines using binary packages could not benefit from it at all (as the code
itself could be unavailable). Therefore, the only way to achieve any of the
items described above is by means of the installation scripts, which are
automatically generated by pkginstall.

15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix

As you already know, the PLIST file holds a list of files and directories that
belong to a package. The names used in it are relative to the installation
prefix (${PREFIX}), which means that it cannot register files outside this
directory (absolute path names are not allowed). Despite this restriction, some
packages need to install files outside this location; e.g., under ${VARBASE} or
${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}. The only way to achieve this is to create such files during
installation time by using installation scripts.

The generic installation scripts are shell scripts that can contain arbitrary
code. The list of scripts to execute is taken from the INSTALL_FILE variable,
which defaults to INSTALL. A similar variable exists for package removal
(DEINSTALL_FILE, whose default is DEINSTALL). These scripts can run arbitrary
commands, so they have the potential to create and manage files anywhere in the
file system.

Using these general installation files is not recommended, but may be needed in
some special cases. One reason for avoiding them is that the user has to trust
the packager that there is no unwanted or simply erroneous code included in the
installation script. Also, previously there were many similar scripts for the
same functionality, and fixing a common error involved finding and changing all
of them.

The pkginstall framework offers another, standardized way. It provides generic
scripts to abstract the manipulation of such files and directories based on
variables set in the package's Makefile. The rest of this section describes
these variables.

15.1.1. Directory manipulation

The following variables can be set to request the creation of directories
anywhere in the file system:

  * MAKE_DIRS and OWN_DIRS contain a list of directories that should be created
    and should attempt to be destroyed by the installation scripts. The
    difference between the two is that the latter prompts the administrator to
    remove any directories that may be left after deinstallation (because they
    were not empty), while the former does not.

  * MAKE_DIRS_PERMS and OWN_DIRS_PERMS contain a list of tuples describing
    which directories should be created and should attempt to be destroyed by
    the installation scripts. Each tuple holds the following values, separated
    by spaces: the directory name, its owner, its group and its numerical mode.
    For example:

    MAKE_DIRS_PERMS+=         ${VARBASE}/foo/private ${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 0700

    The difference between the two is exactly the same as their non-PERMS
    counterparts.

15.1.2. File manipulation

Creating non-empty files outside the installation prefix is tricky because the
PLIST forces all files to be inside it. To overcome this problem, the only
solution is to extract the file in the known place (i.e., inside the
installation prefix) and copy it to the appropriate location during
installation (done by the installation scripts generated by pkginstall). We
will call the former the master file in the following paragraphs, which
describe the variables that can be used to automatically and consistently
handle files outside the installation prefix:

  * CONF_FILES and SUPPORT_FILES are pairs of master and target files. During
    installation time, the master file is copied to the target one if and only
    if the latter does not exist. Upon deinstallation, the target file is
    removed provided that it was not modified by the installation.

    The difference between the two is that the latter prompts the administrator
    to remove any files that may be left after deinstallation (because they
    were not empty), while the former does not.

  * CONF_FILES_PERMS and SUPPORT_FILES_PERMS contain tuples describing master
    files as well as their target locations. For each of them, it also
    specifies their owner, their group and their numeric permissions, in this
    order. For example:

    SUPPORT_FILES_PERMS+= ${PREFIX}/share/somefile ${VARBASE}/somefile ${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 0700

    The difference between the two is exactly the same as their non-PERMS
    counterparts.

15.2. Configuration files

Configuration files are special in the sense that they are installed in their
own specific directory, PKG_SYSCONFDIR, and need special treatment during
installation (most of which is automated by pkginstall). The main concept you
must bear in mind is that files marked as configuration files are automatically
copied to the right place (somewhere inside PKG_SYSCONFDIR) during installation
if and only if they didn't exist before. Similarly, they will not be removed if
they have local modifications. This ensures that administrators never lose any
custom changes they may have made.

15.2.1. How PKG_SYSCONFDIR is set

As said before, the PKG_SYSCONFDIR variable specifies where configuration files
shall be installed. Its contents are set based upon the following variables:

  * PKG_SYSCONFBASE: The configuration's root directory. Defaults to ${PREFIX}/
    etc although it may be overridden by the user to point to his preferred
    location (e.g., /etc, /etc/pkg, etc.). Packages must not use it directly.

  * PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR: A subdirectory of PKG_SYSCONFBASE under which the
    configuration files for the package being built shall be installed. The
    definition of this variable only makes sense in the package's Makefile
    (i.e., it is not user-customizable).

    As an example, consider the Apache package, www/apache2, which places its
    configuration files under the httpd/ subdirectory of PKG_SYSCONFBASE. This
    should be set in the package Makefile.

  * PKG_SYSCONFVAR: Specifies the name of the variable that holds this
    package's configuration directory (if different from PKG_SYSCONFBASE). It
    defaults to PKGBASE's value, and is always prefixed with PKG_SYSCONFDIR.

  * PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}: Holds the directory where the
    configuration files for the package identified by PKG_SYSCONFVAR's shall be
    placed.

Based on the above variables, pkginstall determines the value of
PKG_SYSCONFDIR, which is the only variable that can be used within a package to
refer to its configuration directory. The algorithm used to set its value is
basically the following:

 1. If PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR} is set, its value is used.

 2. If the previous variable is not defined but PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR is set in the
    package's Makefile, the resulting value is ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}/$
    {PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR}.

 3. Otherwise, it is set to ${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}.

It is worth mentioning that ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR} is automatically added to
OWN_DIRS. See Section 15.1.1, "Directory manipulation" what this means.

15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are

Given that pkgsrc (and users!) expect configuration files to be in a known
place, you need to teach each package where it shall install its files. In some
cases you will have to patch the package Makefiles to achieve it. If you are
lucky, though, it may be as easy as passing an extra flag to the configuration
script; this is the case of GNU Autoconf- generated files:

CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --sysconfdir=${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}

Note that this specifies where the package has to look for its configuration
files, not where they will be originally installed (although the difference is
never explicit, unfortunately).

15.2.3. Patching installations

As said before, pkginstall automatically handles configuration files. This
means that the packages themselves must not touch the contents of $
{PKG_SYSCONFDIR} directly. Bad news is that many software installation scripts
will, out of the box, mess with the contents of that directory. So what is the
correct procedure to fix this issue?

You must teach the package (usually by manually patching it) to install any
configuration files under the examples hierarchy, share/examples/${PKGBASE}/.
This way, the PLIST registers them and the administrator always has the
original copies available.

Once the required configuration files are in place (i.e., under the examples
hierarchy), the pkginstall framework can use them as master copies during the
package installation to update what is in ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}. To achieve this,
the variables CONF_FILES and CONF_FILES_PERMS are used. Check out
Section 15.1.2, "File manipulation" for information about their syntax and
their purpose. Here is an example, taken from the mail/mutt package:

EGDIR=        ${PREFIX}/share/doc/mutt/samples
CONF_FILES=   ${EGDIR}/Muttrc ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}/Muttrc

Note that the EGDIR variable is specific to that package and has no meaning
outside it.

15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files

The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment
variable PKG_CONFIG prior to package installation.

15.3. System startup scripts

System startup scripts are special files because they must be installed in a
place known by the underlying OS, usually outside the installation prefix.
Therefore, the same rules described in Section 15.1, "Files and directories
outside the installation prefix" apply, and the same solutions can be used.
However, pkginstall provides a special mechanism to handle these files.

In order to provide system startup scripts, the package has to:

 1. Store the script inside ${FILESDIR}, with the .sh suffix appended.
    Considering the print/cups package as an example, it has a cupsd.sh in its
    files directory.

 2. Tell pkginstall to handle it, appending the name of the script, without its
    extension, to the RCD_SCRIPTS variable. Continuing the previous example:

    RCD_SCRIPTS+=   cupsd

Once this is done, pkginstall will do the following steps for each script in an
automated fashion:

 1. Process the file found in the files directory applying all the
    substitutions described in the FILES_SUBST variable.

 2. Copy the script from the files directory to the examples hierarchy, $
    {PREFIX}/share/examples/rc.d/. Note that this master file must be
    explicitly registered in the PLIST.

 3. Add code to the installation scripts to copy the startup script from the
    examples hierarchy into the system-wide startup scripts directory.

15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts

The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment
variable PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS prior to package installation. Note that the scripts
will be always copied inside the examples hierarchy, ${PREFIX}/share/examples/
rc.d/, no matter what the value of this variable is.

15.4. System users and groups

If a package needs to create special users and/or groups during installation,
it can do so by using the pkginstall framework.

Users can be created by adding entries to the PKG_USERS variable. Each entry
has the following syntax:

user:group

Further specification of user details may be done by setting per-user
variables. PKG_UID.user is the numeric UID for the user. PKG_GECOS.user is the
user's description or comment. PKG_HOME.user is the user's home directory, and
defaults to /nonexistent if not specified. PKG_SHELL.user is the user's shell,
and defaults to /sbin/nologin if not specified.

Similarly, groups can be created by adding entries to the PKG_GROUPS variable,
whose syntax is:

group

The numeric GID of the group may be set by defining PKG_GID.group.

If a package needs to create the users and groups at an earlier stage, then it
can set USERGROUP_PHASE to either configure or build to indicate the phase
before which the users and groups are created. In this case, the numeric UIDs
and GIDs of the created users and groups are automatically hardcoded into the
final installation scripts.

15.5. System shells

Packages that install system shells should register them in the shell database,
/etc/shells, to make things easier to the administrator. This must be done from
the installation scripts to keep binary packages working on any system.
pkginstall provides an easy way to accomplish this task.

When a package provides a shell interpreter, it has to set the PKG_SHELL
variable to its absolute file name. This will add some hooks to the
installation scripts to handle it. Consider the following example, taken from
shells/zsh:

PKG_SHELL=      ${PREFIX}/bin/zsh

15.5.1. Disabling shell registration

The automatic registration of shell interpreters can be disabled by the
administrator by setting the PKG_REGISTER_SHELLS environment variable to NO.

15.6. Fonts

Packages that install X11 fonts should update the database files that index the
fonts within each fonts directory. This can easily be accomplished within the
pkginstall framework.

When a package installs X11 fonts, it must list the directories in which fonts
are installed in the FONTS_DIRS.type variables, where type can be one of "ttf",
"type1" or "x11". This will add hooks to the installation scripts to run the
appropriate commands to update the fonts database files within each of those
directories. For convenience, if the directory path is relative, it is taken to
be relative to the package's installation prefix. Consider the following
example, taken from fonts/dbz-ttf:

FONTS_DIRS.ttf= ${PREFIX}/lib/X11/fonts/TTF

15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases

The automatic update of fonts databases can be disabled by the administrator by
setting the PKG_UPDATE_FONTS_DB environment variable to NO.

Chapter 16. Options handling

Table of Contents

16.1. Global default options
16.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk
16.3. Option Names
16.4. Determining the options of dependencies

Many packages have the ability to be built to support different sets of
features. bsd.options.mk is a framework in pkgsrc that provides generic
handling of those options that determine different ways in which the packages
can be built. It's possible for the user to specify exactly which sets of
options will be built into a package or to allow a set of global default
options apply.

There are two broad classes of behaviors that one might want to control via
options. One is whether some particular feature is enabled in a program that
will be built anyway, often by including or not including a dependency on some
other package. The other is whether or not an additional program will be built
as part of the package. Generally, it is better to make a split package for
such additional programs instead of using options, because it enables binary
packages to be built which can then be added separately. For example, the foo
package might have minimal dependencies (those packages without which foo
doesn't make sense), and then the foo-gfoo package might include the GTK
frontend program gfoo. This is better than including a gtk option to foo that
adds gfoo, because either that option is default, in which case binary users
can't get foo without gfoo, or not default, in which case they can't get gfoo.
With split packages, they can install foo without having GTK, and later decide
to install gfoo (pulling in GTK at that time). This is an advantage to source
users too, avoiding the need for rebuilds.

Plugins with widely varying dependencies should usually be split instead of
options.

It is often more work to maintain split packages, especially if the upstream
package does not support this. The decision of split vs. option should be made
based on the likelihood that users will want or object to the various pieces,
the size of the dependencies that are included, and the amount of work.

A further consideration is licensing. Non-free parts, or parts that depend on
non-free dependencies (especially plugins) should almost always be split if
feasible.

16.1. Global default options

Global default options are listed in PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS, which is a list of
the options that should be built into every package if that option is
supported. This variable should be set in mk.conf.

16.2. Converting packages to use bsd.options.mk

The following example shows how bsd.options.mk should be used by the
hypothetical ``wibble'' package, either in the package Makefile, or in a file,
e.g. options.mk, that is included by the main package Makefile.

PKG_OPTIONS_VAR=                PKG_OPTIONS.wibble
PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS=          wibble-foo ldap
PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS=    database
PKG_OPTIONS_GROUP.database=     mysql pgsql
PKG_SUGGESTED_OPTIONS=          wibble-foo
PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_VARS+=       WIBBLE_USE_OPENLDAP:ldap
PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_OPTS+=       foo:wibble-foo

.include "../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk"

# this package was previously named wibble2
.if defined(PKG_OPTIONS.wibble2)
PKG_LEGACY_OPTIONS+=            ${PKG_OPTIONS.wibble2}
PKG_OPTIONS_DEPRECATED_WARNINGS+= \
        "Deprecated variable PKG_OPTIONS.wibble2 used, use ${PKG_OPTIONS_VAR} instead."
.endif

.include "../../mk/bsd.options.mk"

# Package-specific option-handling

###
### FOO support
###
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mwibble-foo)
CONFIGURE_ARGS+=    --enable-foo
.endif

###
### LDAP support
###
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mldap)
.  include "../../databases/openldap-client/buildlink3.mk"
CONFIGURE_ARGS+=    --enable-ldap=${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.openldap-client}
.endif

###
### database support
###
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mmysql)
.  include "../../mk/mysql.buildlink3.mk"
.endif
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mpgsql)
.  include "../../mk/pgsql.buildlink3.mk"
.endif

The first section contains the information about which build options are
supported by the package, and any default options settings if needed.

 1. PKG_OPTIONS_VAR is the name of the make(1) variable that the user can set
    to override the default options. It should be set to PKG_OPTIONS.pkgbase.
    Do not set it to PKG_OPTIONS.${PKGBASE}, since PKGBASE is not defined at
    the point where the options are processed.

 2. PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS is a list of build options supported by the package.

 3. PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS is a list of names of groups of mutually
    exclusive options. The options in each group are listed in
    PKG_OPTIONS_GROUP.groupname. The most specific setting of any option from
    the group takes precedence over all other options in the group. Options
    from the groups will be automatically added to PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS.

 4. PKG_OPTIONS_REQUIRED_GROUPS is like PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS, but
    building the packages will fail if no option from the group is selected.

 5. PKG_OPTIONS_NONEMPTY_SETS is a list of names of sets of options. At least
    one option from each set must be selected. The options in each set are
    listed in PKG_OPTIONS_SET.setname. Options from the sets will be
    automatically added to PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS. Building the package will
    fail if no option from the set is selected.

 6. PKG_SUGGESTED_OPTIONS is a list of build options which are enabled by
    default.

 7. PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_VARS is a list of "USE_VARIABLE:option" pairs that map
    legacy mk.conf variables to their option counterparts. Pairs should be
    added with "+=" to keep the listing of global legacy variables. A warning
    will be issued if the user uses a legacy variable.

 8. PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_OPTS is a list of "old-option:new-option" pairs that map
    options that have been renamed to their new counterparts. Pairs should be
    added with "+=" to keep the listing of global legacy options. A warning
    will be issued if the user uses a legacy option.

 9. PKG_LEGACY_OPTIONS is a list of options implied by deprecated variables
    used. This can be used for cases that neither PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_VARS nor
    PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_OPTS can handle, e. g. when PKG_OPTIONS_VAR is renamed.

10. PKG_OPTIONS_DEPRECATED_WARNINGS is a list of warnings about deprecated
    variables or options used, and what to use instead.

A package should never modify PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS or the variable named in
PKG_OPTIONS_VAR. These are strictly user-settable. To suggest a default set of
options, use PKG_SUGGESTED_OPTIONS.

PKG_OPTIONS_VAR must be defined before including bsd.options.mk. If none of
PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS, PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS, and
PKG_OPTIONS_REQUIRED_GROUPS are defined (as can happen with platform-specific
options if none of them is supported on the current platform), PKG_OPTIONS is
set to the empty list and the package is otherwise treated as not using the
options framework.

After the inclusion of bsd.options.mk, the variable PKG_OPTIONS contains the
list of selected build options, properly filtered to remove unsupported and
duplicate options.

The remaining sections contain the logic that is specific to each option. The
correct way to check for an option is to check whether it is listed in
PKG_OPTIONS:

.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Moption)

16.3. Option Names

Options that enable similar features in different packages (like optional
support for a library) should use a common name in all packages that support it
(like the name of the library). If another package already has an option with
the same meaning, use the same name.

Options that enable features specific to one package, where it's unlikely that
another (unrelated) package has the same (or a similar) optional feature,
should use a name prefixed with pkgname-.

If a group of related packages share an optional feature specific to that
group, prefix it with the name of the "main" package (e. g.
djbware-errno-hack).

For new options, add a line to mk/defaults/options.description. Lines have two
fields, separated by tab. The first field is the option name, the second its
description. The description should be a whole sentence (starting with an
uppercase letter and ending with a period) that describes what enabling the
option does. E. g. "Enable ispell support." The file is sorted by option names.

16.4. Determining the options of dependencies

When writing buildlink3.mk files, it is often necessary to list different
dependencies based on the options with which the package was built. For
querying these options, the file pkgsrc/mk/pkg-build-options.mk should be used.
A typical example looks like this:

pkgbase := libpurple
.include "../../mk/pkg-build-options.mk"

.if !empty(PKG_BUILD_OPTIONS.libpurple:Mdbus)
...
.endif

Including pkg-build-options.mk here will set the variable
PKG_BUILD_OPTIONS.libpurple to the build options of the libpurple package,
which can then be queried like PKG_OPTIONS in the options.mk file. See the file
pkg-build-options.mk for more details.

Chapter 17. The build process

Table of Contents

17.1. Introduction
17.2. Program location
17.3. Directories used during the build process
17.4. Running a phase
17.5. The fetch phase

    17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from
    17.5.2. How are the files fetched?

17.6. The checksum phase
17.7. The extract phase
17.8. The patch phase
17.9. The tools phase
17.10. The wrapper phase
17.11. The configure phase
17.12. The build phase
17.13. The test phase
17.14. The install phase
17.15. The package phase
17.16. Cleaning up
17.17. Other helpful targets

17.1. Introduction

This chapter gives a detailed description on how a package is built. Building a
package is separated into different phases (for example fetch, build, install),
all of which are described in the following sections. Each phase is splitted
into so-called stages, which take the name of the containing phase, prefixed by
one of pre-, do- or post-. (Examples are pre-configure, post-build.) Most of
the actual work is done in the do-* stages.

Never override the regular targets (like fetch), if you have to, override the
do-* ones instead.

The basic steps for building a program are always the same. First the program's
source (distfile) must be brought to the local system and then extracted. After
any pkgsrc-specific patches to compile properly are applied, the software can
be configured, then built (usually by compiling), and finally the generated
binaries, etc. can be put into place on the system.

To get more details about what is happening at each step, you can set the
PKG_VERBOSE variable, or the PATCH_DEBUG variable if you are just interested in
more details about the patch step.

17.2. Program location

Before outlining the process performed by the NetBSD package system in the next
section, here's a brief discussion on where programs are installed, and which
variables influence this.

The automatic variable PREFIX indicates where all files of the final program
shall be installed. It is usually set to LOCALBASE (/usr/pkg), or CROSSBASE for
pkgs in the cross category. The value of PREFIX needs to be put into the
various places in the program's source where paths to these files are encoded.
See Section 11.3, "patches/*" and Section 19.3.1, "Shared libraries - libtool"
for more details.

When choosing which of these variables to use, follow the following rules:

  * PREFIX always points to the location where the current pkg will be
    installed. When referring to a pkg's own installation path, use "${PREFIX}
    ".

  * LOCALBASE is where all non-X11 pkgs are installed. If you need to construct
    a -I or -L argument to the compiler to find includes and libraries
    installed by another non-X11 pkg, use "${LOCALBASE}". The name LOCALBASE
    stems from FreeBSD, which installed all packages in /usr/local. As pkgsrc
    leaves /usr/local for the system administrator, this variable is a
    misnomer.

  * X11BASE is where the actual X11 distribution (from xsrc, etc.) is
    installed. When looking for standard X11 includes (not those installed by a
    package), use "${X11BASE}".

  * X11-based packages are special in that they may be installed in either
    X11BASE or LOCALBASE.

    Usually, X11 packages should be installed under LOCALBASE whenever
    possible. Note that you will need to include ../../mk/x11.buildlink3.mk in
    them to request the presence of X11 and to get the right compilation flags.

    Even though, there are some packages that cannot be installed under
    LOCALBASE: those that come with app-defaults files. These packages are
    special and they must be placed under X11BASE. To accomplish this, set
    either USE_X11BASE or USE_IMAKE in your package.

    Some notes: If you need to find includes or libraries installed by a pkg
    that has USE_IMAKE or USE_X11BASE in its pkg Makefile, you need to look in
    both ${X11BASE} and ${LOCALBASE}. To force installation of all X11 packages
    in LOCALBASE, the pkgtools/xpkgwedge package is enabled by default.

  * X11PREFIX should be used to refer to the installed location of an X11
    package. X11PREFIX will be set to X11BASE if xpkgwedge is not installed,
    and to LOCALBASE if xpkgwedge is installed.

  * If xpkgwedge is installed, it is possible to have some packages installed
    in X11BASE and some in LOCALBASE. To determine the prefix of an installed
    package, the EVAL_PREFIX definition can be used. It takes pairs in the
    format "DIRNAME=<package>", and the make(1) variable DIRNAME will be set to
    the prefix of the installed package <package>, or "${X11PREFIX}" if the
    package is not installed.

    This is best illustrated by example.

    The following lines are taken from pkgsrc/wm/scwm/Makefile:

    EVAL_PREFIX+=           GTKDIR=gtk+
    CONFIGURE_ARGS+=        --with-guile-prefix=${LOCALBASE:Q}
    CONFIGURE_ARGS+=        --with-gtk-prefix=${GTKDIR:Q}
    CONFIGURE_ARGS+=        --enable-multibyte

    Specific defaults can be defined for the packages evaluated using
    EVAL_PREFIX, by using a definition of the form:

    GTKDIR_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}

    where GTKDIR corresponds to the first definition in the EVAL_PREFIX pair.

  * Within ${PREFIX}, packages should install files according to hier(7), with
    the exception that manual pages go into ${PREFIX}/man, not ${PREFIX}/share/
    man.

17.3. Directories used during the build process

When building a package, various directories are used to store source files,
temporary files, pkgsrc-internal files, and so on. These directories are
explained here.

Some of the directory variables contain relative pathnames. There are two
common base directories for these relative directories: PKGSRCDIR/PKGPATH is
used for directories that are pkgsrc-specific. WRKSRC is used for directories
inside the package itself.

PKGSRCDIR

    This is an absolute pathname that points to the pkgsrc root directory.
    Generally, you don't need it.

PKGDIR

    This is an absolute pathname that points to the current package.

PKGPATH

    This is a pathname relative to PKGSRCDIR that points to the current
    package.

WRKDIR

    This is an absolute pathname pointing to the directory where all work takes
    place. The distfiles are extracted to this directory. It also contains
    temporary directories and log files used by the various pkgsrc frameworks,
    like buildlink or the wrappers.

WRKSRC

    This is an absolute pathname pointing to the directory where the distfiles
    are extracted. It is usually a direct subdirectory of WRKDIR, and often
    it's the only directory entry that isn't hidden. This variable may be
    changed by a package Makefile.

The CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK definition takes either the value yes or no and
defaults to yes. It indicates whether a symbolic link to the WRKDIR is to be
created in the pkgsrc entry's directory. If users would like to have their
pkgsrc trees behave in a read-only manner, then the value of
CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK should be set to no.

17.4. Running a phase

You can run a particular phase by typing make phase, where phase is the name of
the phase. This will automatically run all phases that are required for this
phase. The default phase is build, that is, when you run make without
parameters in a package directory, the package will be built, but not
installed.

17.5. The fetch phase

The first step in building a package is to fetch the distribution files
(distfiles) from the sites that are providing them. This is the task of the
fetch phase.

17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from

In simple cases, MASTER_SITES defines all URLs from where the distfile, whose
name is derived from the DISTNAME variable, is fetched. The more complicated
cases are described below.

The variable DISTFILES specifies the list of distfiles that have to be fetched.
Its value defaults to ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX}, so that most packages don't
need to define it at all. EXTRACT_SUFX is .tar.gz by default, but can be
changed freely. Note that if your package requires additional distfiles to the
default one, you cannot just append the additional filenames using the +=
operator, but you have write for example:

DISTFILES=      ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX} additional-files.tar.gz

Each distfile is fetched from a list of sites, usually MASTER_SITES. If the
package has multiple DISTFILES or multiple PATCHFILES from different sites, you
can set SITES.distfile to the list of URLs where the file distfile (including
the suffix) can be found.

DISTFILES=      ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX}
DISTFILES+=     foo-file.tar.gz
SITES.foo-file.tar.gz= \
http://www.somewhere.com/somehow/ \
http://www.somewhereelse.com/mirror/somehow/

When actually fetching the distfiles, each item from MASTER_SITES or SITES.*
gets the name of each distfile appended to it, without an intermediate slash.
Therefore, all site values have to end with a slash or other separator
character. This allows for example to set MASTER_SITES to a URL of a CGI script
that gets the name of the distfile as a parameter. In this case, the definition
would look like:

MASTER_SITES=   http://www.example.com/download.cgi?file=

There are some predefined values for MASTER_SITES, which can be used in
packages. The names of the variables should speak for themselves.

${MASTER_SITE_APACHE}
${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}
${MASTER_SITE_CYGWIN}
${MASTER_SITE_DEBIAN}
${MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD}
${MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD_LOCAL}
${MASTER_SITE_GENTOO}
${MASTER_SITE_GNOME}
${MASTER_SITE_GNU}
${MASTER_SITE_GNUSTEP}
${MASTER_SITE_IFARCHIVE}
${MASTER_SITE_KDE}
${MASTER_SITE_MOZILLA}
${MASTER_SITE_MYSQL}
${MASTER_SITE_OPENOFFICE}
${MASTER_SITE_PERL_CPAN}
${MASTER_SITE_PGSQL}
${MASTER_SITE_R_CRAN}
${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE}
${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE_JP}
${MASTER_SITE_SUNSITE}
${MASTER_SITE_SUSE}
${MASTER_SITE_TEX_CTAN}
${MASTER_SITE_XCONTRIB}
${MASTER_SITE_XEMACS}

Some explanations for the less self-explaining ones: MASTER_SITE_BACKUP
contains backup sites for packages that are maintained in ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/
pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/${DIST_SUBDIR}. MASTER_SITE_LOCAL contains local
package source distributions that are maintained in ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/
NetBSD/packages/distfiles/LOCAL_PORTS/.

If you choose one of these predefined sites, you may want to specify a
subdirectory of that site. Since these macros may expand to more than one
actual site, you must use the following construct to specify a subdirectory:

MASTER_SITES=   ${MASTER_SITE_GNU:=subdirectory/name/}
MASTER_SITES=   ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=project_name/}

Note the trailing slash after the subdirectory name.

17.5.2. How are the files fetched?

The fetch phase makes sure that all the distfiles exist in a local directory
(DISTDIR, which can be set by the pkgsrc user). If the files do not exist, they
are fetched using commands of the form

${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS}

where ${site} varies through several possibilities in turn: first,
MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE is tried, then the sites specified in either SITES.file if
defined, else MASTER_SITES or PATCH_SITES, as applies, then finally the value
of MASTER_SITE_BACKUP. The order of all except the first and the last can be
optionally sorted by the user, via setting either MASTER_SORT_RANDOM, and
MASTER_SORT_AWK or MASTER_SORT_REGEX.

The distfiles mirror run by the NetBSD Foundation uses the mirror-distfiles
target to mirror the distfiles, if they are freely distributable. Packages
setting NO_SRC_ON_FTP (usually to "${RESTRICTED}") will not have their
distfiles mirrored.

17.6. The checksum phase

After the distfile(s) are fetched, their checksum is generated and compared
with the checksums stored in the distinfo file. If the checksums don't match,
the build is aborted. This is to ensure the same distfile is used for building,
and that the distfile wasn't changed, e.g. by some malign force, deliberately
changed distfiles on the master distribution site or network lossage.

17.7. The extract phase

When the distfiles are present on the local system, they need to be extracted,
as they usually come in the form of some compressed archive format.

By default, all DISTFILES are extracted. If you only need some of them, you can
set the EXTRACT_ONLY variable to the list of those files.

Extracting the files is usually done by a little program, mk/extract/extract,
which already knows how to extract various archive formats, so most likely you
will not need to change anything here. But if you need, the following variables
may help you:

EXTRACT_OPTS_{BIN,LHA,PAX,RAR,TAR,ZIP,ZOO}

    Use these variables to override the default options for an extract command,
    which are defined in mk/extract/extract.

EXTRACT_USING

    This variable can be set to bsdtar, gtar, nbtar (which is the default
    value), pax, or an absolute pathname pointing to the command with which tar
    archives should be extracted. It is preferred to choose bsdtar over gtar if
    NetBSD's pax-as-tar is not good enough.

If the extract program doesn't serve your needs, you can also override the
EXTRACT_CMD variable, which holds the command used for extracting the files.
This command is executed in the ${WRKSRC} directory. During execution of this
command, the shell variable extract_file holds the absolute pathname of the
file that is going to be extracted.

And if that still does not suffice, you can override the do-extract target in
the package Makefile.

17.8. The patch phase

After extraction, all the patches named by the PATCHFILES, those present in the
patches subdirectory of the package as well as in $LOCALPATCHES/$PKGPATH (e.g.
/usr/local/patches/graphics/png) are applied. Patchfiles ending in .Z or .gz
are uncompressed before they are applied, files ending in .orig or .rej are
ignored. Any special options to patch(1) can be handed in PATCH_DIST_ARGS. See
Section 11.3, "patches/*" for more details.

By default patch(1) is given special args to make it fail if the patches apply
with some lines of fuzz. Please fix (regen) the patches so that they apply
cleanly. The rationale behind this is that patches that don't apply cleanly may
end up being applied in the wrong place, and cause severe harm there.

17.9. The tools phase

This is covered in Chapter 18, Tools needed for building or running.

17.10. The wrapper phase

This phase creates wrapper programs for the compilers and linkers. The
following variables can be used to tweak the wrappers.

ECHO_WRAPPER_MSG

    The command used to print progress messages. Does nothing by default. Set
    to ${ECHO} to see the progress messages.

WRAPPER_DEBUG

    This variable can be set to yes (default) or no, depending on whether you
    want additional information in the wrapper log file.

WRAPPER_UPDATE_CACHE

    This variable can be set to yes or no, depending on whether the wrapper
    should use its cache, which will improve the speed. The default value is
    yes, but is forced to no if the platform does not support it.

WRAPPER_REORDER_CMDS

    A list of reordering commands. A reordering command has the form reorder:l:
    lib1:lib2. It ensures that that -llib1 occurs before -llib2.

WRAPPER_TRANSFORM_CMDS

    A list of transformation commands. [TODO: investigate further]

17.11. The configure phase

Most pieces of software need information on the header files, system calls, and
library routines which are available on the platform they run on. The process
of determining this information is known as configuration, and is usually
automated. In most cases, a script is supplied with the distfiles, and its
invocation results in generation of header files, Makefiles, etc.

If the package contains a configure script, this can be invoked by setting
HAS_CONFIGURE to "yes". If the configure script is a GNU autoconf script, you
should set GNU_CONFIGURE to "yes" instead. What happens in the configure phase
is roughly:

.for d in ${CONFIGURE_DIRS}
        cd ${WRKSRC} \
        && cd ${d} \
        && env ${CONFIGURE_ENV} ${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}
.endfor

CONFIGURE_DIRS (default: ".") is a list of pathnames relative to WRKSRC. In
each of these directories, the configure script is run with the environment
CONFIGURE_ENV and arguments CONFIGURE_ARGS. The variables CONFIGURE_ENV,
CONFIGURE_SCRIPT (default: "./configure") and CONFIGURE_ARGS may all be changed
by the package.

If the program uses an Imakefile for configuration, the appropriate steps can
be invoked by setting USE_IMAKE to "yes". (If you only want the package
installed in ${X11PREFIX} but xmkmf not being run, set USE_X11BASE instead.)
You can add variables to xmkmf's environment by adding them to the SCRIPTS_ENV
variable.

If the program uses cmake for configuration, the appropriate steps can be
invoked by setting USE_CMAKE to "yes". You can add variables to cmake's
environment by adding them to the CONFIGURE_ENV variable and arguments to cmake
by adding them to the CMAKE_ARGS variable. The top directory argument is given
by the CMAKE_ARG_PATH variable, that defaults to "." (relative to
CONFIGURE_DIRS)

If there is no configure step at all, set NO_CONFIGURE to "yes".

17.12. The build phase

For building a package, a rough equivalent of the following code is executed.

.for d in ${BUILD_DIRS}
        cd ${WRKSRC} \
        && cd ${d} \
        && env ${MAKE_ENV} \
            ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS} \
                -f ${MAKE_FILE} \
                ${BUILD_TARGET}
.endfor

BUILD_DIRS (default: ".") is a list of pathnames relative to WRKSRC. In each of
these directories, MAKE_PROGRAM is run with the environment MAKE_ENV and
arguments BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS. The variables MAKE_ENV, BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS, MAKE_FILE
and BUILD_TARGET may all be changed by the package.

The default value of MAKE_PROGRAM is "gmake" if USE_TOOLS contains "gmake",
"make" otherwise. The default value of MAKE_FILE is "Makefile", and
BUILD_TARGET defaults to "all".

If there is no build step at all, set NO_BUILD to "yes".

17.13. The test phase

[TODO]

17.14. The install phase

Once the build stage has completed, the final step is to install the software
in public directories, so users can access the programs and files.

In the install phase, a rough equivalent of the following code is executed.
Additionally, before and after this code, much magic is performed to do
consistency checks, registering the package, and so on.

.for d in ${INSTALL_DIRS}
        cd ${WRKSRC} \
        && cd ${d} \
        && env ${MAKE_ENV} \
            ${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${INSTALL_MAKE_FLAGS} \
                -f ${MAKE_FILE} \
                ${INSTALL_TARGET}
.endfor

The variable's meanings are analogous to the ones in the build phase.
INSTALL_DIRS defaults to BUILD_DIRS. INSTALL_TARGET is "install" by default,
plus "install.man" if USE_IMAKE is defined and NO_INSTALL_MANPAGES is not
defined.

In the install phase, the following variables are useful. They are all
variations of the install(1) command that have the owner, group and permissions
preset. INSTALL is the plain install command. The specialized variants,
together with their intended use, are:

INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR

    directories that contain binaries

INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR

    directories that contain scripts

INSTALL_LIB_DIR

    directories that contain shared and static libraries

INSTALL_DATA_DIR

    directories that contain data files

INSTALL_MAN_DIR

    directories that contain man pages

INSTALL_PROGRAM

    binaries that can be stripped from debugging symbols

INSTALL_SCRIPT

    binaries that cannot be stripped

INSTALL_GAME

    game binaries

INSTALL_LIB

    shared and static libraries

INSTALL_DATA

    data files

INSTALL_GAME_DATA

    data files for games

INSTALL_MAN

    man pages

Some other variables are:

INSTALLATION_DIRS

    A list of directories relative to PREFIX that are created by pkgsrc at the
    beginning of the install phase. The package is supposed to create all
    needed directories itself before installing files to it and list all other
    directories here.

In the rare cases that a package shouldn't install anything, set NO_INSTALL to
"yes". This is mostly relevant for packages in the regress category.

17.15. The package phase

Once the install stage has completed, a binary package of the installed files
can be built. These binary packages can be used for quick installation without
previous compilation, e.g. by the make bin-install or by using pkg_add.

By default, the binary packages are created in ${PACKAGES}/All and symlinks are
created in ${PACKAGES}/category, one for each category in the CATEGORIES
variable. PACKAGES defaults to pkgsrc/packages.

If there should be no binary package, set NO_PACKAGE to "yes". This should only
be used in rare cases, like when a package definitely is only usable on the
machine where it is built and even then, a binary package can be useful.

17.16. Cleaning up

Once you're finished with a package, you can clean the work directory by
running make clean. If you want to clean the work directories of all
dependencies too, use make clean-depends.

17.17. Other helpful targets

pre/post-*

    For any of the main targets described in the previous section, two
    auxiliary targets exist with "pre-" and "post-" used as a prefix for the
    main target's name. These targets are invoked before and after the main
    target is called, allowing extra configuration or installation steps be
    performed from a package's Makefile, for example, which a program's
    configure script or install target omitted.

do-*

    Should one of the main targets do the wrong thing, and should there be no
    variable to fix this, you can redefine it with the do-* target. (Note that
    redefining the target itself instead of the do-* target is a bad idea, as
    the pre-* and post-* targets won't be called anymore, etc.) You will not
    usually need to do this.

reinstall

    If you did a make install and you noticed some file was not installed
    properly, you can repeat the installation with this target, which will
    ignore the "already installed" flag.

    This is the default value of DEPENDS_TARGET except in the case of make
    update and make package, where the defaults are "package" and "update",
    respectively.

deinstall

    This target does a pkg_delete(1) in the current directory, effectively
    de-installing the package. The following variables can be used to tune the
    behaviour:

    PKG_VERBOSE

        Add a "-v" to the pkg_delete(1) command.

    DEINSTALLDEPENDS

        Remove all packages that require (depend on) the given package. This
        can be used to remove any packages that may have been pulled in by a
        given package, e.g. if make deinstall DEINSTALLDEPENDS=1 is done in
        pkgsrc/x11/kde, this is likely to remove whole KDE. Works by adding
        "-R" to the pkg_delete(1) command line.

bin-install

    Install a binary package from local disk and via FTP from a list of sites
    (see the BINPKG_SITES variable), and do a make package if no binary package
    is available anywhere. The arguments given to pkg_add can be set via
    BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS e.g., to do verbose operation, etc.

update

    This target causes the current package to be updated to the latest version.
    The package and all depending packages first get de-installed, then current
    versions of the corresponding packages get compiled and installed. This is
    similar to manually noting which packages are currently installed, then
    performing a series of make deinstall and make install (or whatever
    UPDATE_TARGET is set to) for these packages.

    You can use the "update" target to resume package updating in case a
    previous make update was interrupted for some reason. However, in this
    case, make sure you don't call make clean or otherwise remove the list of
    dependent packages in WRKDIR. Otherwise, you lose the ability to
    automatically update the current package along with the dependent packages
    you have installed.

    Resuming an interrupted make update will only work as long as the package
    tree remains unchanged. If the source code for one of the packages to be
    updated has been changed, resuming make update will most certainly fail!

    The following variables can be used either on the command line or in
    mk.conf to alter the behaviour of make update:

    UPDATE_TARGET

        Install target to recursively use for the updated package and the
        dependent packages. Defaults to DEPENDS_TARGET if set, "install"
        otherwise for make update. Other good targets are "package" or
        "bin-install". Do not set this to "update" or you will get stuck in an
        endless loop!

    NOCLEAN

        Don't clean up after updating. Useful if you want to leave the work
        sources of the updated packages around for inspection or other
        purposes. Be sure you eventually clean up the source tree (see the
        "clean-update" target below) or you may run into troubles with old
        source code still lying around on your next make or make update.

    REINSTALL

        Deinstall each package before installing (making DEPENDS_TARGET). This
        may be necessary if the "clean-update" target (see below) was called
        after interrupting a running make update.

    DEPENDS_TARGET

        Allows you to disable recursion and hardcode the target for packages.
        The default is "update" for the update target, facilitating a recursive
        update of prerequisite packages. Only set DEPENDS_TARGET if you want to
        disable recursive updates. Use UPDATE_TARGET instead to just set a
        specific target for each package to be installed during make update
        (see above).

clean-update

    Clean the source tree for all packages that would get updated if make
    update was called from the current directory. This target should not be
    used if the current package (or any of its depending packages) have already
    been de-installed (e.g., after calling make update) or you may lose some
    packages you intended to update. As a rule of thumb: only use this target
    before the first time you run make update and only if you have a dirty
    package tree (e.g., if you used NOCLEAN).

    If you are unsure about whether your tree is clean, you can either perform
    a make clean at the top of the tree, or use the following sequence of
    commands from the directory of the package you want to update (before
    running make update for the first time, otherwise you lose all the packages
    you wanted to update!):

    # make clean-update
    # make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES
    # make update


    The following variables can be used either on the command line or in
    mk.conf to alter the behaviour of make clean-update:

    CLEAR_DIRLIST

        After make clean, do not reconstruct the list of directories to update
        for this package. Only use this if make update successfully installed
        all packages you wanted to update. Normally, this is done automatically
        on make update, but may have been suppressed by the NOCLEAN variable
        (see above).

replace

    Update the installation of the current package. This differs from update in
    that it does not replace dependent packages. You will need to install
    pkgtools/pkg_tarup for this target to work.

    Be careful when using this target! There are no guarantees that dependent
    packages will still work, in particular they will most certainly break if
    you make replace a library package whose shared library major version
    changed between your installed version and the new one. For this reason,
    this target is not officially supported and only recommended for advanced
    users.

info

    This target invokes pkg_info(1) for the current package. You can use this
    to check which version of a package is installed.

index

    This is a top-level command, i.e. it should be used in the pkgsrc
    directory. It creates a database of all packages in the local pkgsrc tree,
    including dependencies, comment, maintainer, and some other useful
    information. Individual entries are created by running make describe in the
    packages' directories. This index file is saved as pkgsrc/INDEX. It can be
    displayed in verbose format by running make print-index. You can search in
    it with make search key=something. You can extract a list of all packages
    that depend on a particular one by running make show-deps PKG=somepackage.

    Running this command takes a very long time, some hours even on fast
    machines!

readme

    This target generates a README.html file, which can be viewed using a
    browser such as www/firefox or www/links. The generated files contain
    references to any packages which are in the PACKAGES directory on the local
    host. The generated files can be made to refer to URLs based on
    FTP_PKG_URL_HOST and FTP_PKG_URL_DIR. For example, if I wanted to generate
    README.html files which pointed to binary packages on the local machine, in
    the directory /usr/packages, set FTP_PKG_URL_HOST=file://localhost and
    FTP_PKG_URL_DIR=/usr/packages. The ${PACKAGES} directory and its
    subdirectories will be searched for all the binary packages.

    The target can be run at the toplevel or in category directories, in which
    case it descends recursively.

readme-all

    This is a top-level command, run it in pkgsrc. Use this target to create a
    file README-all.html which contains a list of all packages currently
    available in the NetBSD Packages Collection, together with the category
    they belong to and a short description. This file is compiled from the
    pkgsrc/*/README.html files, so be sure to run this after a make readme.

cdrom-readme

    This is very much the same as the "readme" target (see above), but is to be
    used when generating a pkgsrc tree to be written to a CD-ROM. This target
    also produces README.html files, and can be made to refer to URLs based on
    CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST and CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR.

show-distfiles

    This target shows which distfiles and patchfiles are needed to build the
    package (ALLFILES, which contains all DISTFILES and PATCHFILES, but not
    patches/*).

show-downlevel

    This target shows nothing if the package is not installed. If a version of
    this package is installed, but is not the version provided in this version
    of pkgsrc, then a warning message is displayed. This target can be used to
    show which of your installed packages are downlevel, and so the old
    versions can be deleted, and the current ones added.

show-pkgsrc-dir

    This target shows the directory in the pkgsrc hierarchy from which the
    package can be built and installed. This may not be the same directory as
    the one from which the package was installed. This target is intended to be
    used by people who may wish to upgrade many packages on a single host, and
    can be invoked from the top-level pkgsrc Makefile by using the
    "show-host-specific-pkgs" target.

show-installed-depends

    This target shows which installed packages match the current package's
    DEPENDS. Useful if out of date dependencies are causing build problems.

check-shlibs

    After a package is installed, check all its binaries and (on ELF platforms)
    shared libraries to see if they find the shared libs they need. Run by
    default if PKG_DEVELOPER is set in mk.conf.

print-PLIST

    After a "make install" from a new or upgraded pkg, this prints out an
    attempt to generate a new PLIST from a find -newer work/.extract_done. An
    attempt is made to care for shared libs etc., but it is strongly
    recommended to review the result before putting it into PLIST. On upgrades,
    it's useful to diff the output of this command against an already existing
    PLIST file.

    If the package installs files via tar(1) or other methods that don't update
    file access times, be sure to add these files manually to your PLIST, as
    the "find -newer" command used by this target won't catch them!

    See Section 13.3, "Tweaking output of make print-PLIST" for more
    information on this target.

bulk-package

    Used to do bulk builds. If an appropriate binary package already exists, no
    action is taken. If not, this target will compile, install and package it
    (and its depends, if PKG_DEPENDS is set properly. See Section 7.3.1,
    "Configuration"). After creating the binary package, the sources, the
    just-installed package and its required packages are removed, preserving
    free disk space.

    Beware that this target may deinstall all packages installed on a system!

bulk-install

    Used during bulk-installs to install required packages. If an up-to-date
    binary package is available, it will be installed via pkg_add(1). If not,
    make bulk-package will be executed, but the installed binary won't be
    removed.

    A binary package is considered "up-to-date" to be installed via pkg_add(1)
    if:

      * None of the package's files (Makefile, ...) were modified since it was
        built.

      * None of the package's required (binary) packages were modified since it
        was built.

    Beware that this target may deinstall all packages installed on a system!

Chapter 18. Tools needed for building or running

Table of Contents

18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds
18.2. Tools needed by packages
18.3. Tools provided by platforms
18.4. Questions regarding the tools

The USE_TOOLS definition is used both internally by pkgsrc and also for
individual packages to define what commands are needed for building a package
(like BUILD_DEPENDS) or for later run-time of an installed packaged (such as
DEPENDS). If the native system provides an adequate tool, then in many cases, a
pkgsrc package will not be used.

When building a package, the replacement tools are made available in a
directory (as symlinks or wrapper scripts) that is early in the executable
search path. Just like the buildlink system, this helps with consistent builds.

A tool may be needed to help build a specific package. For example, perl, GNU
make (gmake) or yacc may be needed.

Also a tool may be needed, for example, because the native system's supplied
tool may be inefficient for building a package with pkgsrc. For example, a
package may need GNU awk, bison (instead of yacc) or a better sed.

The tools used by a package can be listed by running make show-tools.

18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds

The default set of tools used by pkgsrc is defined in bsd.pkg.mk. This includes
standard Unix tools, such as: cat, awk, chmod, test, and so on. These can be
seen by running: make show-var VARNAME=USE_TOOLS.

If a package needs a specific program to build then the USE_TOOLS variable can
be used to define the tools needed.

18.2. Tools needed by packages

In the following examples, the :pkgsrc means to use the pkgsrc version and not
the native version for a build dependency. And the :run means that it is used
for a run-time dependencies also (and becomes a DEPENDS). The default is a
build dependency which can be set with :build. (So in this example, it is the
same as gmake:build and pkg-config:build.)

USE_TOOLS+=     mktemp:pkgsrc
USE_TOOLS+=     gmake perl:run pkg-config

When using the tools framework, a TOOLS_PATH.foo variable is defined which
contains the full path to the appropriate tool. For example, TOOLS_PATH.bash
could be "/bin/bash" on Linux systems.

If you always need a pkgsrc version of the tool at run-time, then just use
DEPENDS instead.

18.3. Tools provided by platforms

When improving or porting pkgsrc to a new platform, have a look at (or create)
the corresponding platform specific make file fragment under pkgsrc/mk/tools/
tools.${OPSYS}.mk which defines the name of the common tools. For example:

.if exists(/usr/bin/bzcat)
TOOLS_PLATFORM.bzcat?=          /usr/bin/bzcat
.elif exists(/usr/bin/bzip2)
TOOLS_PLATFORM.bzcat?=          /usr/bin/bzip2 -cd
.endif

TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?=           true                    # shell builtin

18.4. Questions regarding the tools

18.4.1. How do I add a new tool?
18.4.2. How do I get a list of all available tools?
18.4.3. How can I get a list of all the tools that a package is using while
    being built? I want to know whether it uses sed or not.

18.4.1. How do I add a new tool?

        TODO

18.4.2. How do I get a list of all available tools?

        TODO

18.4.3. How can I get a list of all the tools that a package is using while
        being built? I want to know whether it uses sed or not.

        Currently, you can't. (TODO: But I want to be able to do it.)

Chapter 19. Making your package work

Table of Contents

19.1. General operation

    19.1.1. Portability of packages
    19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf
    19.1.3. User interaction
    19.1.4. Handling licenses
    19.1.5. Restricted packages
    19.1.6. Handling dependencies
    19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages
    19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built
    19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed
    19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems
    19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing
        package
    19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST
        framework)

19.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase

    19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading
    19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name

19.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase

    19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool
    19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool
    19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake

19.4. Programming languages

    19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran
    19.4.2. Java
    19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts
    19.4.4. Other programming languages

19.5. Fixing problems in the build phase

    19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally
    19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs
    19.5.3. Undefined reference to "..."
    19.5.4. Running out of memory

19.6. Fixing problems in the install phase

    19.6.1. Creating needed directories
    19.6.2. Where to install documentation
    19.6.3. Installing highscore files
    19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages
    19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters
    19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules
    19.6.7. Packages installing info files
    19.6.8. Packages installing man pages
    19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files
    19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files
    19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts
    19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules
    19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data
    19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database
    19.6.15. Packages using intltool
    19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts
    19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules
    19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation
    19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons
    19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files

19.7. Marking packages as having problems

19.1. General operation

19.1.1. Portability of packages

One appealing feature of pkgsrc is that it runs on many different platforms. As
a result, it is important to ensure, where possible, that packages in pkgsrc
are portable. This chapter mentions some particular details you should pay
attention to while working on pkgsrc.

19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from mk.conf

The pkgsrc user can configure pkgsrc by overriding several variables in the
file pointed to by MAKECONF, which is mk.conf by default. When you want to use
those variables in the preprocessor directives of make(1) (for example .if or
.for), you need to include the file ../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk before, which in turn
loads the user preferences.

But note that some variables may not be completely defined after ../../mk/
bsd.prefs.mk has been included, as they may contain references to variables
that are not yet defined. In shell commands this is no problem, since variables
are actually macros, which are only expanded when they are used. But in the
preprocessor directives mentioned above and in dependency lines (of the form
target: dependencies) the variables are expanded at load time.

Note

Currently there is no exhaustive list of all variables that tells you whether
they can be used at load time or only at run time, but it is in preparation.

19.1.3. User interaction

Occasionally, packages require interaction from the user, and this can be in a
number of ways:

  * When fetching the distfiles, some packages require user interaction such as
    entering username/password or accepting a license on a web page.

  * When extracting the distfiles, some packages may ask for passwords.

  * help to configure the package before it is built

  * help during the build process

  * help during the installation of a package

The INTERACTIVE_STAGE definition is provided to notify the pkgsrc mechanism of
an interactive stage which will be needed, and this should be set in the
package's Makefile, e.g.:

INTERACTIVE_STAGE=      build


Multiple interactive stages can be specified:

INTERACTIVE_STAGE=      configure install


The user can then decide to skip this package by setting the BATCH variable.

19.1.4. Handling licenses

Authors of software can choose the licence under which software can be copied.
This is due to copyright law, and reasons for license choices are outside the
scope of pkgsrc. The pkgsrc system recognizes that there are a number of
licenses which some users may find objectionable or difficult or impossible to
comply with. The Free Software Foundation has declared some licenses "Free",
and the Open Source Initiative has a definition of "Open Source". The pkgsrc
system, as a policy choice, does not label packages which have licenses that
are Free or Open Source. However, packages without a license meeting either of
those tests are labeled with a license tag denoting the license. Note that a
package with no license to copy trivially does not meet either the Free or Open
Source test.

For packages which are not Free or Open Source, pkgsrc will not build the
package unless the user has indicated to pkgsrc that packages with that
particular license may be built. Note that this documentation avoids the term
"accepted the license". The pkgsrc system is merely providing a mechanism to
avoid accidentally building a package with a non-free license; judgement and
responsibility remain with the user. (Installation of binary packages are not
currently subject to this mechanism; this is a bug.)

One might want to only install packages with a BSD license, or the GPL, and not
the other. The pkgsrc license tag mechanism does not provide a way to do this.
It might be possible to put in tags for free licenses, and have a default
ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES variable value, but this is widely viewed as having a very
poor ratio of benefit to work.

The license tag mechanism is intended to address copyright-related issues
surrounding building, installing and using a package, and not to address
redistribution issues (see RESTRICTED and NO_SRC_ON_FTP, etc.). However, the
above definition of licenses for which tags are not needed implies that
packages with redistribution restrictions should have tags, because Free or
Open Source programs do not have redistribution restrictions.

Denoting that a package may be copied according to a particular license is done
by placing the license in pkgsrc/licenses and setting the LICENSE variable to a
string identifying the license, e.g. in graphics/xv:

LICENSE=        xv-license


When trying to build, the user will get a notice that the package is covered by
a license which has not been placed in the ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES variable:

% make
===> xv-3.10anb9 has an unacceptable license: xv-license.
===>     To view the license, enter "/usr/bin/make show-license".
===>     To indicate acceptance, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf:
===>     ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license
*** Error code 1


The license can be viewed with make show-license, and if the user so chooses,
the line printed above can be added to mk.conf to convey to pkgsrc that it
should not in the future fail because of that license:

ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license


When adding a package with a new license, the license text should be added to
pkgsrc/licenses for displaying. A list of known licenses can be seen in this
directory.

When the license changes (in a way other than formatting), please make sure
that the new license has a different name (e.g., append the version number if
it exists, or the date). Just because a user told pkgsrc to build programs
under a previous version of a license does not mean that pkgsrc should build
programs under the new licenses. The higher-level point is that pkgsrc does not
evaluate licenses for reasonableness; the only test is a mechanistic test of
whether a particular text has been approved by either of two bodies.

The use of LICENSE=shareware, LICENSE=no-commercial-use, and similar language
is deprecated because it does not crisply refer to a particular license text.
Another problem with such usage is that it does not enable a user to tell
pkgsrc to proceed for a single package without also telling pkgsrc to proceed
for all packages with that tag.

19.1.5. Restricted packages

Some licenses restrict how software may be re-distributed. Because a license
tag is required unless the package is Free or Open Source, all packages with
restrictions should have license tags. By declaring the restrictions, package
tools can automatically refrain from e.g. placing binary packages on FTP sites.

There are four restrictions that may be encoded, which are the cross product of
sources (distfiles) and binaries not being placed on FTP sites and CD-ROMs.
Because this is rarely the exact language in any license, and because non-Free
licenses tend to be different from each other, pkgsrc adopts a definition of
FTP and CD-ROM. Pkgsrc uses "FTP" to mean that the source or binary file should
not be made available over the Internet at no charge. Pkgsrc uses "CD-ROM" to
mean that the source or binary may not be made available on some kind of media,
together with other source and binary packages, and which is sold for a
distribution charge.

In order to encode these restrictions, the package system defines five make
variables that can be set to note these restrictions:

  * RESTRICTED

    This variable should be set whenever a restriction exists (regardless of
    its kind). Set this variable to a string containing the reason for the
    restriction. It should be understood that those wanting to understand the
    restriction will have to read the license, and perhaps seek advice of
    counsel.

  * NO_BIN_ON_CDROM

    Binaries may not be placed on CD-ROM containing other binary packages, for
    which a distribution charge may be made. In this case, set this variable to
    ${RESTRICTED}.

  * NO_BIN_ON_FTP

    Binaries may not made available on the Internet without charge. In this
    case, set this variable to ${RESTRICTED}. If this variable is set, binary
    packages will not be included on ftp.NetBSD.org.

  * NO_SRC_ON_CDROM

    Distfiles may not be placed on CD-ROM, together with other distfiles, for
    which a fee may be charged. In this case, set this variable to $
    {RESTRICTED}.

  * NO_SRC_ON_FTP

    Distfiles may not made available via FTP at no charge. In this case, set
    this variable to ${RESTRICTED}. If this variable is set, the distfile(s)
    will not be mirrored on ftp.NetBSD.org.

Please note that the use of NO_PACKAGE, IGNORE, NO_CDROM, or other generic make
variables to denote restrictions is deprecated, because they unconditionally
prevent users from generating binary packages!

19.1.6. Handling dependencies

Your package may depend on some other package being present - and there are
various ways of expressing this dependency. pkgsrc supports the BUILD_DEPENDS
and DEPENDS definitions, the USE_TOOLS definition, as well as dependencies via
buildlink3.mk, which is the preferred way to handle dependencies, and which
uses the variables named above. See Chapter 14, Buildlink methodology for more
information.

The basic difference between the two variables is as follows: The DEPENDS
definition registers that pre-requisite in the binary package so it will be
pulled in when the binary package is later installed, whilst the BUILD_DEPENDS
definition does not, marking a dependency that is only needed for building the
package.

This means that if you only need a package present whilst you are building, it
should be noted as a BUILD_DEPENDS.

The format for a BUILD_DEPENDS and a DEPENDS definition is:

<pre-req-package-name>:../../<category>/<pre-req-package>


Please note that the "pre-req-package-name" may include any of the wildcard
version numbers recognized by pkg_info(1).

 1. If your package needs another package's binaries or libraries to build or
    run, and if that package has a buildlink3.mk file available, use it:

    .include "../../graphics/jpeg/buildlink3.mk"


 2. If your package needs to use another package to build itself and there is
    no buildlink3.mk file available, use the BUILD_DEPENDS definition:

    BUILD_DEPENDS+= autoconf-2.13:../../devel/autoconf


 3. If your package needs a library with which to link and again there is no
    buildlink3.mk file available, this is specified using the DEPENDS
    definition. For example:

    DEPENDS+=       xpm-3.4j:../../graphics/xpm


    You can also use wildcards in package dependencies:

    DEPENDS+=       xpm-[0-9]*:../../graphics/xpm


    Note that such wildcard dependencies are retained when creating binary
    packages. The dependency is checked when installing the binary package and
    any package which matches the pattern will be used. Wildcard dependencies
    should be used with care.

    The "-[0-9]*" should be used instead of "-*" to avoid potentially ambiguous
    matches such as "tk-postgresql" matching a "tk-*" DEPENDS.

    Wildcards can also be used to specify that a package will only build
    against a certain minimum version of a pre-requisite:

    DEPENDS+=       tiff>=3.5.4:../../graphics/tiff


    This means that the package will build against version 3.5.4 of the tiff
    library or newer. Such a dependency may be warranted if, for example, the
    API of the library has changed with version 3.5.4 and a package would not
    compile against an earlier version of tiff.

    Please note that such dependencies should only be updated if a package
    requires a newer pre-requisite, but not to denote recommendations such as
    ABI changes that do not prevent a package from building correctly. Such
    recommendations can be expressed using ABI_DEPENDS:

    ABI_DEPENDS+=   tiff>=3.6.1:../../graphics/tiff


    In addition to the above DEPENDS line, this denotes that while a package
    will build against tiff>=3.5.4, at least version 3.6.1 is recommended.
    ABI_DEPENDS entries will be turned into dependencies unless explicitly
    ignored (in which case a warning will be printed).

    To ignore these ABI dependency recommendations and just use the required
    DEPENDS, set USE_ABI_DEPENDS=NO. This may make it easier and faster to
    update packages built using pkgsrc, since older compatible dependencies can
    continue to be used. This is useful for people who watch their rebuilds
    very carefully; it is not very good as a general-purpose hammer. If you use
    it, you need to be mindful of possible ABI changes, including those from
    the underlying OS.

    Packages that are built with recommendations ignored may not be uploaded to
    ftp.NetBSD.org by developers and should not be used across different
    systems that may have different versions of binary packages installed.

    For security fixes, please update the package vulnerabilities file. See
    Section 19.1.10, "Handling packages with security problems" for more
    information.

 4. If your package needs some executable to be able to run correctly and if
    there's no buildlink3.mk file, this is specified using the DEPENDS
    variable. The print/lyx package needs to be able to execute the latex
    binary from the teTeX package when it runs, and that is specified:

    DEPENDS+=        teTeX-[0-9]*:../../print/teTeX


    The comment about wildcard dependencies from previous paragraph applies
    here, too.

If your package needs files from another package to build, add the relevant
distribution files to DISTFILES, so they will be extracted automatically. See
the print/ghostscript package for an example. (It relies on the jpeg sources
being present in source form during the build.)

19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages

Your package may conflict with other packages a user might already have
installed on his system, e.g. if your package installs the same set of files as
another package in the pkgsrc tree.

In this case you can set CONFLICTS to a space-separated list of packages
(including version string) your package conflicts with.

For example, x11/Xaw3d and x11/Xaw-Xpm install the same shared library, thus
you set in pkgsrc/x11/Xaw3d/Makefile:

CONFLICTS=      Xaw-Xpm-[0-9]*


and in pkgsrc/x11/Xaw-Xpm/Makefile:

CONFLICTS=      Xaw3d-[0-9]*


Packages will automatically conflict with other packages with the name prefix
and a different version string. "Xaw3d-1.5" e.g. will automatically conflict
with the older version "Xaw3d-1.3".

19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built

There are several reasons why a package might be instructed to not build under
certain circumstances. If the package builds and runs on most platforms, the
exceptions should be noted with NOT_FOR_PLATFORM. If the package builds and
runs on a small handful of platforms, set ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM instead. Both
ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM and NOT_FOR_PLATFORM are OS triples (OS-version-platform)
that can use glob-style wildcards.

Some packages are tightly bound to a specific version of an operating system,
e.g. LKMs or sysutils/lsof. Such binary packages are not backwards compatible
with other versions of the OS, and should be uploaded to a version specific
directory on the FTP server. Mark these packages by setting OSVERSION_SPECIFIC
to "yes". This variable is not currently used by any of the package system
internals, but may be used in the future.

If the package should be skipped (for example, because it provides
functionality already provided by the system), set PKG_SKIP_REASON to a
descriptive message. If the package should fail because some preconditions are
not met, set PKG_FAIL_REASON to a descriptive message.

19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed

To ensure that a package may not be deleted, once it has been installed, the
PKG_PRESERVE definition should be set in the package Makefile. This will be
carried into any binary package that is made from this pkgsrc entry. A
"preserved" package will not be deleted using pkg_delete(1) unless the "-f"
option is used.

19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems

When a vulnerability is found, this should be noted in localsrc/security/
advisories/pkg-vulnerabilities, and after committing that file, use make upload
in the same directory to update the file on ftp.NetBSD.org.

After fixing the vulnerability by a patch, its PKGREVISION should be increased
(this is of course not necessary if the problem is fixed by using a newer
release of the software).

Also, if the fix should be applied to the stable pkgsrc branch, be sure to
submit a pullup request!

Binary packages already on ftp.NetBSD.org will be handled semi-automatically by
a weekly cron job.

19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package

When making fixes to an existing package it can be useful to change the version
number in PKGNAME. To avoid conflicting with future versions by the original
author, a "nb1", "nb2", ... suffix can be used on package versions by setting
PKGREVISION=1 (2, ...). The "nb" is treated like a "." by the package tools.
e.g.

DISTNAME=       foo-17.42
PKGREVISION=    9


will result in a PKGNAME of "foo-17.42nb9". If you want to use the original
value of PKGNAME without the "nbX" suffix, e.g. for setting DIST_SUBDIR, use
PKGNAME_NOREV.

When a new release of the package is released, the PKGREVISION should be
removed, e.g. on a new minor release of the above package, things should be
like:

DISTNAME=       foo-17.43


PKGREVISION should be incremented for any non-trivial change in the resulting
binary package. Without a PKGREVISION bump, someone with the previous version
installed has no way of knowing that their package is out of date. Thus,
changes without increasing PKGREVISION are essentially labeled "this is so
trivial that no reasonable person would want to upgrade", and this is the rough
test for when increasing PKGREVISION is appropriate. Examples of changes that
do not merit increasing PKGREVISION are:

  * Changing HOMEPAGE, MAINTAINER, OWNER, or comments in Makefile.

  * Changing build variables if the resulting binary package is the same.

  * Changing DESCR.

  * Adding PKG_OPTIONS if the default options don't change.

Examples of changes that do merit an increase to PKGREVISION include:

  * Security fixes

  * Changes or additions to a patch file

  * Changes to the PLIST

  * A dependency is changed or renamed.

PKGREVISION must also be incremented when dependencies have ABI changes.

19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)

When you want to replace the same text in multiple files or when the
replacement text varies, patches alone cannot help. This is where the SUBST
framework comes in. It provides an easy-to-use interface for replacing text in
files. Example:

SUBST_CLASSES+=                 fix-paths
SUBST_STAGE.fix-paths=          pre-configure
SUBST_MESSAGE.fix-paths=        Fixing absolute paths.
SUBST_FILES.fix-paths=          src/*.c
SUBST_FILES.fix-paths+=         scripts/*.sh
SUBST_SED.fix-paths=            -e 's,"/usr/local,"${PREFIX},g'
SUBST_SED.fix-paths+=           -e 's,"/var/log,"${VARBASE}/log,g'


SUBST_CLASSES is a list of identifiers that are used to identify the different
SUBST blocks that are defined. The SUBST framework is heavily used by pkgsrc,
so it is important to always use the += operator with this variable. Otherwise
some substitutions may be skipped.

The remaining variables of each SUBST block are parameterized with the
identifier from the first line (fix-paths in this case.) They can be seen as
parameters to a function call.

SUBST_STAGE.* specifies the stage at which the replacement will take place. All
combinations of pre-, do- and post- together with a phase name are possible,
though only few are actually used. Most commonly used are post-patch and
pre-configure. Of these two, pre-configure should be preferred because then it
is possible to run bmake patch and have the state after applying the patches
but before making any other changes. This is especially useful when you are
debugging a package in order to create new patches for it. Similarly,
post-build is preferred over pre-install, because the install phase should
generally be kept as simple as possible. When you use post-build, you have the
same files in the working directory that will be installed later, so you can
check if the substitution has succeeded.

SUBST_MESSAGE.* is an optional text that is printed just before the
substitution is done.

SUBST_FILES.* is the list of shell globbing patterns that specifies the files
in which the substitution will take place. The patterns are interpreted
relatively to the WRKSRC directory.

SUBST_SED.* is a list of arguments to sed(1) that specify the actual
substitution. Every sed command should be prefixed with -e, so that all SUBST
blocks look uniform.

There are some more variables, but they are so seldomly used that they are only
documented in the mk/subst.mk file.

19.2. Fixing problems in the fetch phase

19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading

If you need to download from a dynamic URL you can set DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES and
a make fetch will call files/getsite.sh with the name of each file to download
as an argument, expecting it to output the URL of the directory from which to
download it. graphics/ns-cult3d is an example of this usage.

If the download can't be automated, because the user must submit personal
information to apply for a password, or must pay for the source, or whatever,
you can set FETCH_MESSAGE to a list of lines that are displayed to the user
before aborting the build. Example:

FETCH_MESSAGE=  "Please download the files"
FETCH_MESSAGE+= "    "${DISTFILES:Q}
FETCH_MESSAGE+= "manually from "${MASTER_SITES:Q}"."


19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name

Sometimes authors of a software package make some modifications after the
software was released, and they put up a new distfile without changing the
package's version number. If a package is already in pkgsrc at that time, the
checksum will no longer match. The contents of the new distfile should be
compared against the old one before changing anything, to make sure the
distfile was really updated on purpose, and that no trojan horse or so crept
in. Please mention that the distfiles were compared and what was found in your
commit message. Then, the correct way to work around this is to set DIST_SUBDIR
to a unique directory name, usually based on PKGNAME_NOREV. All DISTFILES and
PATCHFILES for this package will be put in that subdirectory of the local
distfiles directory. (See Section 19.1.11, "How to handle incrementing versions
when fixing an existing package" for more details.) In case this happens more
often, PKGNAME can be used (thus including the nbX suffix) or a date stamp can
be appended, like ${PKGNAME_NOREV}-YYYYMMDD. Do not forget regenerating the
distinfo file after that, since it contains the DIST_SUBDIR path in the
filenames. Also increase the PKGREVISION if the installed package is different.
Furthermore, a mail to the package's authors seems appropriate telling them
that changing distfiles after releases without changing the file names is not
good practice.

19.3. Fixing problems in the configure phase

19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool

pkgsrc supports many different machines, with different object formats like
a.out and ELF, and varying abilities to do shared library and dynamic loading
at all. To accompany this, varying commands and options have to be passed to
the compiler, linker, etc. to get the Right Thing, which can be pretty annoying
especially if you don't have all the machines at your hand to test things. The
devel/libtool pkg can help here, as it just "knows" how to build both static
and dynamic libraries from a set of source files, thus being
platform-independent.

Here's how to use libtool in a package in seven simple steps:

 1. Add USE_LIBTOOL=yes to the package Makefile.

 2. For library objects, use "${LIBTOOL} --mode=compile ${CC}" in place of "$
    {CC}". You could even add it to the definition of CC, if only libraries are
    being built in a given Makefile. This one command will build both PIC and
    non-PIC library objects, so you need not have separate shared and
    non-shared library rules.

 3. For the linking of the library, remove any "ar", "ranlib", and "ld
    -Bshareable" commands, and instead use:

    ${LIBTOOL} --mode=link \
        ${CC} -o ${.TARGET:.a=.la} \
            ${OBJS:.o=.lo} \
            -rpath ${PREFIX}/lib \
            -version-info major:minor


    Note that the library is changed to have a .la extension, and the objects
    are changed to have a .lo extension. Change OBJS as necessary. This
    automatically creates all of the .a, .so.major.minor, and ELF symlinks (if
    necessary) in the build directory. Be sure to include "-version-info",
    especially when major and minor are zero, as libtool will otherwise strip
    off the shared library version.

    From the libtool manual:

    So, libtool library versions are described by three integers:

    CURRENT
    The most recent interface number that this library implements.

    REVISION
    The implementation number of the CURRENT interface.

    AGE
    The difference between the newest and oldest interfaces that
    this library implements.  In other words, the library implements
    all the interface numbers in the range from number `CURRENT -
    AGE' to `CURRENT'.

    If two libraries have identical CURRENT and AGE numbers, then the
    dynamic linker chooses the library with the greater REVISION number.


    The "-release" option will produce different results for a.out and ELF
    (excluding symlinks) in only one case. An ELF library of the form
    "libfoo-release.so.x.y" will have a symlink of "libfoo.so.x.y" on an a.out
    platform. This is handled automatically.

    The "-rpath argument" is the install directory of the library being built.

    In the PLIST, include only the .la file, the other files will be added
    automatically.

 4. When linking shared object (.so) files, i.e. files that are loaded via
    dlopen(3), NOT shared libraries, use "-module -avoid-version" to prevent
    them getting version tacked on.

    The PLIST file gets the foo.so entry.

 5. When linking programs that depend on these libraries before they are
    installed, preface the cc(1) or ld(1) line with "${LIBTOOL} --mode=link",
    and it will find the correct libraries (static or shared), but please be
    aware that libtool will not allow you to specify a relative path in -L
    (such as "-L../somelib"), because it expects you to change that argument to
    be the .la file. e.g.

    ${LIBTOOL} --mode=link ${CC} -o someprog -L../somelib -lsomelib


    should be changed to:

    ${LIBTOOL} --mode=link ${CC} -o someprog ../somelib/somelib.la


    and it will do the right thing with the libraries.

 6. When installing libraries, preface the install(1) or cp(1) command with "$
    {LIBTOOL} --mode=install", and change the library name to .la. e.g.

    ${LIBTOOL} --mode=install ${BSD_INSTALL_DATA} ${SOMELIB:.a=.la} ${PREFIX}/lib


    This will install the static .a, shared library, any needed symlinks, and
    run ldconfig(8).

 7. In your PLIST, include only the .la file (this is a change from previous
    behaviour).

19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool

Add USE_LIBTOOL=yes to the package Makefile. This will override the package's
own libtool in most cases. For older libtool using packages, libtool is made by
ltconfig script during the do-configure step; you can check the libtool script
location by doing make configure; find work*/ -name libtool.

LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE specifies which libtool scripts, relative to WRKSRC, to
override. By default, it is set to "libtool */libtool */*/libtool". If this
does not match the location of the package's libtool script(s), set it as
appropriate.

If you do not need *.a static libraries built and installed, then use
SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE instead.

If your package makes use of the platform-independent library for loading
dynamic shared objects, that comes with libtool (libltdl), you should include
devel/libltdl/buildlink3.mk.

Some packages use libtool incorrectly so that the package may not work or build
in some circumstances. Some of the more common errors are:

  * The inclusion of a shared object (-module) as a dependent library in an
    executable or library. This in itself isn't a problem if one of two things
    has been done:

     1. The shared object is named correctly, i.e. libfoo.la, not foo.la

     2. The -dlopen option is used when linking an executable.

  * The use of libltdl without the correct calls to initialisation routines.
    The function lt_dlinit() should be called and the macro
    LTDL_SET_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS included in executables.

19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake

If a package needs GNU autoconf or automake to be executed to regenerate the
configure script and Makefile.in makefile templates, then they should be
executed in a pre-configure target.

For packages that need only autoconf:

AUTOCONF_REQD=  2.50            # if default version is not good enough
USE_TOOLS+=     autoconf        # use "autoconf213" for autoconf-2.13
...

pre-configure:
        cd ${WRKSRC} && autoconf

...


and for packages that need automake and autoconf:

AUTOMAKE_REQD=  1.7.1           # if default version is not good enough
USE_TOOLS+=     automake        # use "automake14" for automake-1.4
...

pre-configure:
        set -e; cd ${WRKSRC}; \
        aclocal; autoheader; automake -a --foreign -i; autoconf

...


Packages which use GNU Automake will almost certainly require GNU Make.

There are times when the configure process makes additional changes to the
generated files, which then causes the build process to try to re-execute the
automake sequence. This is prevented by touching various files in the configure
stage. If this causes problems with your package you can set AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=
NO in the package Makefile.

19.4. Programming languages

19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran

Compilers for the C, C++, and Fortran languages comes with the NetBSD base
system. By default, pkgsrc assumes that a package is written in C and will hide
all other compilers (via the wrapper framework, see Chapter 14, Buildlink
methodology).

To declare which language's compiler a package needs, set the USE_LANGUAGES
variable. Allowed values currently are "c", "c++", and "fortran" (and any
combination). The default is "c". Packages using GNU configure scripts, even if
written in C++, usually need a C compiler for the configure phase.

19.4.2. Java

If a program is written in Java, use the Java framework in pkgsrc. The package
must include ../../mk/java-vm.mk. This Makefile fragment provides the following
variables:

  * USE_JAVA defines if a build dependency on the JDK is added. If USE_JAVA is
    set to "run", then there is only a runtime dependency on the JDK. The
    default is "yes", which also adds a build dependency on the JDK.

  * Set USE_JAVA2 to declare that a package needs a Java2 implementation. The
    supported values are "yes", "1.4", and "1.5". "yes" accepts any Java2
    implementation, "1.4" insists on versions 1.4 or above, and "1.5" only
    accepts versions 1.5 or above. This variable is not set by default.

19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts

If your package contains interpreted perl scripts, add "perl" to the USE_TOOLS
variable and set REPLACE_PERL to ensure that the proper interpreter path is
set. REPLACE_PERL should contain a list of scripts, relative to WRKSRC, that
you want adjusted. Every occurrence of */bin/perl will be replaced with the
full path to the perl executable.

If a particular version of perl is needed, set the PERL5_REQD variable to the
version number. The default is "5.0".

See Section 19.6.6, "Packages installing perl modules" for information about
handling perl modules.

19.4.4. Other programming languages

Currently, there is no special handling for other languages in pkgsrc. If a
compiler package provides a buildlink3.mk file, include that, otherwise just
add a (build) dependency on the appropriate compiler package.

19.5. Fixing problems in the build phase

The most common failures when building a package are that some platforms do not
provide certain header files, functions or libraries, or they provide the
functions in a library that the original package author didn't know. To work
around this, you can rewrite the source code in most cases so that it does not
use the missing functions or provides a replacement function.

19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally

If a package already comes with a GNU configure script, the preferred way to
fix the build failure is to change the configure script, not the code. In the
other cases, you can utilize the C preprocessor, which defines certain macros
depending on the operating system and hardware architecture it compiles for.
These macros can be queried using for example #if defined(__i386). Almost every
operating system, hardware architecture and compiler has its own macro. For
example, if the macros __GNUC__, __i386__ and __NetBSD__ are all defined, you
know that you are using NetBSD on an i386 compatible CPU, and your compiler is
GCC.

The list of the following macros for hardware and operating system depends on
the compiler that is used. For example, if you want to conditionally compile
code on Solaris, don't use __sun__, as the SunPro compiler does not define it.
Use __sun instead.

19.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system

To distinguish between 4.4 BSD-derived systems and the rest of the world, you
should use the following code.

#include <sys/param.h>
#if (defined(BSD) && BSD >= 199306)
/* BSD-specific code goes here */
#else
/* non-BSD-specific code goes here */
#endif

If this distinction is not fine enough, you can also test for the following
macros.

FreeBSD     __FreeBSD__
DragonFly   __DragonFly__
Interix     __INTERIX
IRIX        __sgi (TODO: get a definite source for this)
Linux       linux, __linux, __linux__
NetBSD      __NetBSD__
OpenBSD     __OpenBSD__
Solaris     sun, __sun

19.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture

i386        i386, __i386, __i386__
MIPS        __mips
SPARC       sparc, __sparc

19.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler

GCC         __GNUC__ (major version), __GNUC_MINOR__
MIPSpro     _COMPILER_VERSION (0x741 for MIPSpro 7.41)
SunPro      __SUNPRO_C (0x570 for Sun C 5.7)
SunPro C++  __SUNPRO_CC (0x580 for Sun C++ 5.8)

19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs

Some source files trigger bugs in the compiler, based on combinations of
compiler version and architecture and almost always relation to optimisation
being enabled. Common symptoms are gcc internal errors or never finishing
compiling a file.

Typically, a workaround involves testing the MACHINE_ARCH and compiler version,
disabling optimisation for that combination of file, MACHINE_ARCH and compiler,
and documenting it in pkgsrc/doc/HACKS. See that file for a number of examples.

19.5.3. Undefined reference to "..."

This error message often means that a package did not link to a shared library
it needs. The following functions are known to cause this error message over
and over.

+-----------------------------------------------------+
|        Function         |Library |Affected platforms|
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|accept, bind, connect    |-lsocket|Solaris           |
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|crypt                    |-lcrypt |DragonFly, NetBSD |
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|dlopen, dlsym            |-ldl    |Linux             |
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|gethost*                 |-lnsl   |Solaris           |
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|inet_aton                |-lresolv|Solaris           |
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|nanosleep, sem_*, timer_*|-lrt    |Solaris           |
|-------------------------+--------+------------------|
|openpty                  |-lutil  |Linux             |
+-----------------------------------------------------+

To fix these linker errors, it is often sufficient to say LIBS.OperatingSystem+
= -lfoo to the package Makefile and then say bmake clean; bmake.

19.5.3.1. Special issue: The SunPro compiler

When you are using the SunPro compiler, there is another possibility. That
compiler cannot handle the following code:

extern int extern_func(int);

static inline int
inline_func(int x)
{
        return extern_func(x);
}

int main(void)
{
        return 0;
}

It generates the code for inline_func even if that function is never used. This
code then refers to extern_func, which can usually not be resolved. To solve
this problem you can try to tell the package to disable inlining of functions.

19.5.4. Running out of memory

Sometimes packages fail to build because the compiler runs into an operating
system specific soft limit. With the UNLIMIT_RESOURCES variable pkgsrc can be
told to unlimit the resources. Currently, the allowed values are "datasize" and
"stacksize" (or both). Setting this variable is similar to running the shell
builtin ulimit command to raise the maximum data segment size or maximum stack
size of a process, respectively, to their hard limits.

19.6. Fixing problems in the install phase

19.6.1. Creating needed directories

The BSD-compatible install supplied with some operating systems cannot create
more than one directory at a time. As such, you should call ${INSTALL_*_DIR}
like this:

${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir1
${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir2


You can also just append "dir1 dir2" to the INSTALLATION_DIRS variable, which
will automatically do the right thing.

19.6.2. Where to install documentation

In general, documentation should be installed into ${PREFIX}/share/doc/$
{PKGBASE} or ${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGNAME} (the latter includes the version
number of the package).

Many modern packages using GNU autoconf allow to set the directory where HTML
documentation is installed with the "--with-html-dir" option. Sometimes using
this flag is needed because otherwise the documentation ends up in ${PREFIX}/
share/doc/html or other places.

An exception to the above is that library API documentation generated with the
textproc/gtk-doc tools, for use by special browsers (devhelp) should be left at
their default location, which is ${PREFIX}/share/gtk-doc. Such documentation
can be recognized from files ending in .devhelp or .devhelp2. (It is also
acceptable to install such files in ${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGBASE} or ${PREFIX}
/share/doc/${PKGNAME}; the .devhelp* file must be directly in that directory
then, no additional subdirectory level is allowed in this case. This is usually
achieved by using "--with-html-dir=${PREFIX}/share/doc". ${PREFIX}/share/
gtk-doc is preferred though.)

19.6.3. Installing highscore files

Certain packages, most of them in the games category, install a score file that
allows all users on the system to record their highscores. In order for this to
work, the binaries need to be installed setgid and the score files owned by the
appropriate group and/or owner (traditionally the "games" user/group). The
following variables, documented in more detail in mk/defaults/mk.conf, control
this behaviour: SETGIDGAME, GAMEDATAMODE, GAMEGRP, GAMEMODE, GAMEOWN.

Note that per default, setgid installation of games is disabled; setting
SETGIDGAME=YES will set all the other variables accordingly.

A package should therefore never hard code file ownership or access permissions
but rely on INSTALL_GAME and INSTALL_GAME_DATA to set these correctly.

19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages

DESTDIR support means that a package installs into a staging directory, not the
final location of the files. Then a binary package is created which can be used
for installation as usual. There are two ways: Either the package must install
as root ("destdir") or the package can install as non-root user
("user-destdir").

  * PKG_DESTDIR_SUPPORT has to be set to "destdir" or "user-destdir". If
    bsd.prefs.mk is included in the Makefile, PKG_DESTDIR_SUPPORT needs to be
    set before the inclusion.

  * All installation operations have to be prefixed with ${DESTDIR}.

  * automake gets this DESTDIR mostly right automatically. Many manual rules
    and pre/post-install often are incorrect; fix them.

  * If files are installed with special owner/group either use @owner/@group in
    the PLIST (preferred) or use SPECIAL_PERMS (discouraged). Note that @owner/
    @group are sticky during install, keep this in mind.

  * In general, packages should support UNPRIVILEGED to be able to use DESTDIR.

19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters

Your package may also contain scripts with hardcoded paths to other
interpreters besides (or as well as) perl. To correct the full pathname to the
script interpreter, you need to set the following definitions in your Makefile
(we shall use tclsh in this example):

REPLACE_INTERPRETER+=   tcl
REPLACE.tcl.old=        .*/bin/tclsh
REPLACE.tcl.new=        ${PREFIX}/bin/tclsh
REPLACE_FILES.tcl=      # list of tcl scripts which need to be fixed,
# relative to ${WRKSRC}, just as in REPLACE_PERL


Note

Before March 2006, these variables were called _REPLACE.* and _REPLACE_FILES.*.

19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules

Makefiles of packages providing perl5 modules should include the Makefile
fragment ../../lang/perl5/module.mk. It provides a do-configure target for the
standard perl configuration for such modules as well as various hooks to tune
this configuration. See comments in this file for details.

Perl5 modules will install into different places depending on the version of
perl used during the build process. To address this, pkgsrc will append lines
to the PLIST corresponding to the files listed in the installed .packlist file
generated by most perl5 modules. This is invoked by defining PERL5_PACKLIST to
a space-separated list of paths to packlist files, e.g.:

PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist


The variables PERL5_SITELIB, PERL5_SITEARCH, and PERL5_ARCHLIB represent the
three locations in which perl5 modules may be installed, and may be used by
perl5 packages that don't have a packlist. These three variables are also
substituted for in the PLIST.

19.6.7. Packages installing info files

Some packages install info files or use the "makeinfo" or "install-info"
commands. INFO_FILES should be defined in the package Makefile so that INSTALL
and DEINSTALL scripts will be generated to handle registration of the info
files in the Info directory file. The "install-info" command used for the info
files registration is either provided by the system, or by a special purpose
package automatically added as dependency if needed.

PKGINFODIR is the directory under ${PREFIX} where info files are primarily
located. PKGINFODIR defaults to "info" and can be overridden by the user.

The info files for the package should be listed in the package PLIST; however
any split info files need not be listed.

A package which needs the "makeinfo" command at build time must add "makeinfo"
to USE_TOOLS in its Makefile. If a minimum version of the "makeinfo" command is
needed it should be noted with the TEXINFO_REQD variable in the package
Makefile. By default, a minimum version of 3.12 is required. If the system does
not provide a makeinfo command or if it does not match the required minimum, a
build dependency on the devel/gtexinfo package will be added automatically.

The build and installation process of the software provided by the package
should not use the install-info command as the registration of info files is
the task of the package INSTALL script, and it must use the appropriate
makeinfo command.

To achieve this goal, the pkgsrc infrastructure creates overriding scripts for
the install-info and makeinfo commands in a directory listed early in PATH.

The script overriding install-info has no effect except the logging of a
message. The script overriding makeinfo logs a message and according to the
value of TEXINFO_REQD either runs the appropriate makeinfo command or exit on
error.

19.6.8. Packages installing man pages

All packages that install manual pages should install them into the same
directory, so that there is one common place to look for them. In pkgsrc, this
place is ${PREFIX}/${PKGMANDIR}, and this expression should be used in
packages. The default for PKGMANDIR is "man". Another often-used value is
"share/man".

Note

The support for a custom PKGMANDIR is far from complete.

The PLIST files can just use man/ as the top level directory for the man page
file entries, and the pkgsrc framework will convert as needed. In all other
places, the correct PKGMANDIR must be used.

Packages that are configured with GNU_CONFIGURE set as "yes", by default will
use the ./configure --mandir switch to set where the man pages should be
installed. The path is GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR which defaults to ${PREFIX}/$
{PKGMANDIR}.

Packages that use GNU_CONFIGURE but do not use --mandir, can set
CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR to "no". Or if the ./configure script uses a non-standard
use of --mandir, you can set GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR as needed.

See Section 13.5, "Man page compression" for information on installation of
compressed manual pages.

19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files

If a package installs .schemas or .entries files, used by GConf, you need to
take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database:

 1. Include ../../devel/GConf/schemas.mk instead of its buildlink3.mk file.
    This takes care of rebuilding the GConf database at installation and
    deinstallation time, and tells the package where to install GConf data
    files using some standard configure arguments. It also disallows any access
    to the database directly from the package.

 2. Ensure that the package installs its .schemas files under ${PREFIX}/share/
    gconf/schemas. If they get installed under ${PREFIX}/etc, you will need to
    manually patch the package.

 3. Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the etc/gconf directory, as
    they will be handled automatically. See Section 9.13, "How do I change the
    location of configuration files?" for more information.

 4. Define the GCONF_SCHEMAS variable in your Makefile with a list of all
    .schemas files installed by the package, if any. Names must not contain any
    directories in them.

 5. Define the GCONF_ENTRIES variable in your Makefile with a list of all
    .entries files installed by the package, if any. Names must not contain any
    directories in them.

19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files

If a package installs .omf files, used by scrollkeeper, you need to take some
extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database:

 1. Include ../../textproc/scrollkeeper/omf.mk instead of its buildlink3.mk
    file. This takes care of rebuilding the scrollkeeper database at
    installation and deinstallation time, and disallows any access to it
    directly from the package.

 2. Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the libdata/scrollkeeper
    directory, as they will be handled automatically.

 3. Remove the share/omf directory from the PLIST. It will be handled by
    scrollkeeper.

19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts

If a package installs font files, you will need to rebuild the fonts database
in the directory where they get installed at installation and deinstallation
time. This can be automatically done by using the pkginstall framework.

You can list the directories where fonts are installed in the FONTS_DIRS.type
variables, where type can be one of "ttf", "type1" or "x11". Also make sure
that the database file fonts.dir is not listed in the PLIST.

Note that you should not create new directories for fonts; instead use the
standard ones to avoid that the user needs to manually configure his X server
to find them.

19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules

If a package installs GTK2 immodules or loaders, you need to take some extra
steps to get them registered in the GTK2 database properly:

 1. Include ../../x11/gtk2/modules.mk instead of its buildlink3.mk file. This
    takes care of rebuilding the database at installation and deinstallation
    time.

 2. Set GTK2_IMMODULES=YES if your package installs GTK2 immodules.

 3. Set GTK2_LOADERS=YES if your package installs GTK2 loaders.

 4. Patch the package to not touch any of the GTK2 databases directly. These
    are:

      * libdata/gtk-2.0/gdk-pixbuf.loaders

      * libdata/gtk-2.0/gtk.immodules

 5. Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the libdata/gtk-2.0 directory,
    as they will be handled automatically.

19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data

If a package installs SGML or XML data files that need to be registered in
system-wide catalogs (like DTDs, sub-catalogs, etc.), you need to take some
extra steps:

 1. Include ../../textproc/xmlcatmgr/catalogs.mk in your Makefile, which takes
    care of registering those files in system-wide catalogs at installation and
    deinstallation time.

 2. Set SGML_CATALOGS to the full path of any SGML catalogs installed by the
    package.

 3. Set XML_CATALOGS to the full path of any XML catalogs installed by the
    package.

 4. Set SGML_ENTRIES to individual entries to be added to the SGML catalog.
    These come in groups of three strings; see xmlcatmgr(1) for more
    information (specifically, arguments recognized by the 'add' action). Note
    that you will normally not use this variable.

 5. Set XML_ENTRIES to individual entries to be added to the XML catalog. These
    come in groups of three strings; see xmlcatmgr(1) for more information
    (specifically, arguments recognized by the 'add' action). Note that you
    will normally not use this variable.

19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database

If a package provides extensions to the MIME database by installing .xml files
inside ${PREFIX}/share/mime/packages, you need to take some extra steps to
ensure that the database is kept consistent with respect to these new files:

 1. Include ../../databases/shared-mime-info/mimedb.mk (avoid using the
    buildlink3.mk file from this same directory, which is reserved for
    inclusion from other buildlink3.mk files). It takes care of rebuilding the
    MIME database at installation and deinstallation time, and disallows any
    access to it directly from the package.

 2. Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the share/mime directory,
    except for files saved under share/mime/packages. The former are handled
    automatically by the update-mime-database program, but the latter are
    package-dependent and must be removed by the package that installed them in
    the first place.

 3. Remove any share/mime/* directories from the PLIST. They will be handled by
    the shared-mime-info package.

19.6.15. Packages using intltool

If a package uses intltool during its build, add intltool to the USE_TOOLS,
which forces it to use the intltool package provided by pkgsrc, instead of the
one bundled with the distribution file.

This tracks intltool's build-time dependencies and uses the latest available
version; this way, the package benefits of any bug fixes that may have appeared
since it was released.

19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts

If a package contains a rc.d script, it won't be copied into the startup
directory by default, but you can enable it, by adding the option
PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS=YES in mk.conf. This option will copy the scripts into /etc/
rc.d when a package is installed, and it will automatically remove the scripts
when the package is deinstalled.

19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules

If a package installs TeX packages into the texmf tree, the ls-R database of
the tree needs to be updated.

Note

Except the main TeX packages such as teTeX-texmf, packages should install files
into PKG_LOCALTEXMFPREFIX, not PKG_TEXMFPREFIX.

 1. Include ../../print/teTeX/module.mk instead of ../../mk/tex.buildlink3.mk.
    This takes care of rebuilding the ls-R database at installation and
    deinstallation time.

 2. If your package installs files into a texmf tree other than the one at
    PKG_LOCALTEXMFPREFIX, set TEXMFDIRS to the list of all texmf trees that
    need database update.

    If your package also installs font map files that need to be registered
    using updmap, set TEX_FONTMAPS to the list of all such font map files. Then
    updmap will be run automatically at installation/deinstallation to enable/
    disable font map files for TeX output drivers.

 3. Make sure that none of ls-R databases are included in PLIST, as they will
    be removed only by the teTeX-bin package.

19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation

There are some packages that provide libraries and executables for running
binaries from a one operating system on a different one (if the latter supports
it). One example is running Linux binaries on NetBSD.

The pkgtools/rpm2pkg helps in extracting and packaging Linux rpm packages.

The CHECK_SHLIBS can be set to no to avoid the check-shlibs target, which tests
if all libraries for each installed executable can be found by the dynamic
linker. Since the standard dynamic linker is run, this fails for emulation
packages, because the libraries used by the emulation are not in the standard
directories.

19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons

If a package installs images under the share/icons/hicolor and/or updates the
share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache database, you need to take some extra
steps to make sure that the shared theme directory is handled appropriately and
that the cache database is rebuilt:

 1. Include ../../graphics/hicolor-icon-theme/buildlink3.mk.

 2. Check the PLIST and remove the entry that refers to the theme cache.

 3. Ensure that the PLIST does not remove the shared icon directories from the
    share/icons/hicolor hierarchy because they will be handled automatically.

The best way to verify that the PLIST is correct with respect to the last two
points is to regenerate it using make print-PLIST.

19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files

If a package installs .desktop files under share/applications and these include
MIME information, you need to take extra steps to ensure that they are
registered into the MIME database:

 1. Include ../../sysutils/desktop-file-utils/desktopdb.mk.

 2. Check the PLIST and remove the entry that refers to the share/applications/
    mimeinfo.cache file. It will be handled automatically.

The best way to verify that the PLIST is correct with respect to the last point
is to regenerate it using make print-PLIST.

19.7. Marking packages as having problems

In some cases one does not have the time to solve a problem immediately. There
are currently two ways to declare that one knows that a package has problems.

  * The first way is to plainly mark it as broken. For this, one just sets the
    variable BROKEN to the reason why the package is broken (similar to the
    RESTRICTED variable). A user trying to build the package will immediately
    be shown this message, and the build will not be even tried.

  * After each pkgsrc freeze period (a time when the tree is stabilized and a
    new pkgsrc branch is cut), the packages that were not building in the
    official branch build on the latest NetBSD release will be marked as broken
    on that branch. This is done by setting the BROKEN_IN variable to the
    branch name (or appending the branch name to it). If a user tries to build
    such a package and the build fails, the user gets a message that says that
    the package was broken on the respective branch(es).

Both types of packages are removed from pkgsrc in irregular intervals.

Chapter 20. Debugging

To check out all the gotchas when building a package, here are the steps that I
do in order to get a package working. Please note this is basically the same as
what was explained in the previous sections, only with some debugging aids.

  * Be sure to set PKG_DEVELOPER=yes in mk.conf.

  * Install pkgtools/url2pkg, create a directory for a new package, change into
    it, then run url2pkg:

    % mkdir /usr/pkgsrc/category/examplepkg
    % cd /usr/pkgsrc/category/examplepkg
    % url2pkg http://www.example.com/path/to/distfile.tar.gz

  * Edit the Makefile as requested.

  * Fill in the DESCR file

  * Run make configure

  * Add any dependencies glimpsed from documentation and the configure step to
    the package's Makefile.

  * Make the package compile, doing multiple rounds of

    % make
    % pkgvi ${WRKSRC}/some/file/that/does/not/compile
    % mkpatches
    % patchdiff
    % mv ${WRKDIR}/.newpatches/* patches
    % make mps
    % make clean

    Doing this step as non-root user will ensure that no files are modified
    that shouldn't be, especially during the build phase. mkpatches, patchdiff
    and pkgvi are from the pkgtools/pkgdiff package.

  * Look at the Makefile, fix if necessary; see Section 11.1, "Makefile".

  * Generate a PLIST:

    # make install
    # make print-PLIST >PLIST
    # make deinstall
    # make install
    # make deinstall

    You usually need to be root to do this. Look if there are any files left:

    # make print-PLIST

    If this reveals any files that are missing in PLIST, add them.

  * Now that the PLIST is OK, install the package again and make a binary
    package:

    # make reinstall
    # make package

  * Delete the installed package:

    # pkg_delete examplepkg

  * Repeat the above make print-PLIST command, which shouldn't find anything
    now:

    # make print-PLIST

  * Reinstall the binary package:

    # pkg_add .../examplepkg.tgz

  * Play with it. Make sure everything works.

  * Run pkglint from pkgtools/pkglint, and fix the problems it reports:

    # pkglint

  * Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see Chapter 21, Submitting and
    Committing.

Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing

Table of Contents

21.1. Submitting binary packages
21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)
21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages
21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS
21.5. Updating a package to a newer version
21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc

21.1. Submitting binary packages

Our policy is that we accept binaries only from pkgsrc developers to guarantee
that the packages don't contain any trojan horses etc. This is not to annoy
anyone but rather to protect our users! You're still free to put up your
home-made binary packages and tell the world where to get them. NetBSD
developers doing bulk builds and wanting to upload them please see
Section 7.3.8, "Uploading results of a bulk build".

21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)

First, check that your package is complete, compiles and runs well; see
Chapter 20, Debugging and the rest of this document. Next, generate an
uuencoded gzipped tar(1) archive that contains all files that make up the
package. Finally, send this package to the pkgsrc bug tracking system, either
with the send-pr(1) command, or if you don't have that, go to the web page
http://www.NetBSD.org/support/send-pr.html, which contains some instructions
and a link to a form, where you can submit packages.

In the form of the problem report, the category should be "pkg", the synopsis
should include the package name and version number, and the description field
should contain a short description of your package (contents of the COMMENT
variable or DESCR file are OK). The uuencoded package data should go into the
"fix" field.

If you want to submit several packages, please send a separate PR for each one,
it's easier for us to track things that way.

Alternatively, you can also import new packages into pkgsrc-wip ("pkgsrc
work-in-progress"); see the homepage at http://pkgsrc-wip.sourceforge.net/ for
details.

21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages

Please note all package additions, updates, moves, and removals in pkgsrc/doc/
CHANGES-YYYY. It's very important to keep this file up to date and conforming
to the existing format, because it will be used by scripts to automatically
update pages on www.NetBSD.org and other sites. Additionally, check the pkgsrc/
doc/TODO file and remove the entry for the package you updated or removed, in
case it was mentioned there.

When the PKGREVISION of a package is bumped, the change should appear in pkgsrc
/doc/CHANGES-YYYY if it is security related or otherwise relevant. Mass bumps
that result from a dependency being updated should not be mentioned. In all
other cases it's the developer's decision.

There is a make target that helps in creating proper CHANGES-YYYY entries: make
changes-entry. It uses the optional CTYPE and NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME variables. The
general usage is to first make sure that your CHANGES-YYYY file is up-to-date
(to avoid having to resolve conflicts later-on) and then to cd to the package
directory. For package updates, make changes-entry is enough. For new packages,
or package moves or removals, set the CTYPE variable on the command line to
"Added", "Moved", or "Removed". You can set NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME in mk.conf if
your local login name is not the same as your NetBSD login name. Don't forget
to commit the changes to pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES-YYYY!

21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS

This section is only of interest for pkgsrc developers with write access to the
pkgsrc repository. Please remember that cvs imports files relative to the
current working directory, and that the pathname that you give the cvs import
command is so that it knows where to place the files in the repository. Newly
created packages should be imported with a vendor tag of "TNF" and a release
tag of "pkgsrc-base", e.g:

$ cd .../pkgsrc/category/pkgname
$ cvs import pkgsrc/category/pkgname TNF pkgsrc-base

Remember to move the directory from which you imported out of the way, or cvs
will complain the next time you "cvs update" your source tree. Also don't
forget to add the new package to the category's Makefile.

The commit message of the initial import should include part of the DESCR file,
so people reading the mailing lists know what the package is/does.

For new packages, "cvs import" is preferred to "cvs add" because the former
gets everything with a single command, and provides a consistent tag.

21.5. Updating a package to a newer version

Please always put a concise, appropriate and relevant summary of the changes
between old and new versions into the commit log when updating a package. There
are various reasons for this:

  * A URL is volatile, and can change over time. It may go away completely or
    its information may be overwritten by newer information.

  * Having the change information between old and new versions in our CVS
    repository is very useful for people who use either cvs or anoncvs.

  * Having the change information between old and new versions in our CVS
    repository is very useful for people who read the pkgsrc-changes mailing
    list, so that they can make tactical decisions about when to upgrade the
    package.

Please also recognize that, just because a new version of a package has been
released, it should not automatically be upgraded in the CVS repository. We
prefer to be conservative in the packages that are included in pkgsrc -
development or beta packages are not really the best thing for most places in
which pkgsrc is used. Please use your judgement about what should go into
pkgsrc, and bear in mind that stability is to be preferred above new and
possibly untested features.

21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc

 1. Make a copy of the directory somewhere else.

 2. Remove all CVS dirs.

    Alternatively to the first two steps you can also do:

    % cvs -d user@cvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot export -D today pkgsrc/category/package

    and use that for further work.

 3. Fix CATEGORIES and any DEPENDS paths that just did "../package" instead of
    "../../category/package".

 4. cvs import the modified package in the new place.

 5. Check if any package depends on it:

    % cd /usr/pkgsrc
    % grep /package */*/Makefile* */*/buildlink*

 6. Fix paths in packages from step 5 to point to new location.

 7. cvs rm (-f) the package at the old location.

 8. Remove from oldcategory/Makefile.

 9. Add to newcategory/Makefile.

10. Commit the changed and removed files:

    % cvs commit oldcategory/package oldcategory/Makefile newcategory/Makefile

    (and any packages from step 5, of course).

Chapter 22. Frequently Asked Questions

This section contains the answers to questions that may arise when you are
writing a package. If you don't find your question answered here, first have a
look in the other chapters, and if you still don't have the answer, ask on the
pkgsrc-users mailing list.

22.1. What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS?
22.2. What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM?
22.3. What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER?
22.4. What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and
    BUILDLINK_LIBS?
22.5. Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty?
22.6. What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand
    the := inside it.
22.7. Which mailing lists are there for package developers?
22.8. Where is the pkgsrc documentation?
22.9. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?

22.1. What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS?

      MAKEFLAGS are the flags passed to the pkgsrc-internal invocations of make
      (1), while MAKE_FLAGS are the flags that are passed to the MAKE_PROGRAM
      when building the package. [FIXME: What is .MAKEFLAGS for?]

22.2. What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM?

      MAKE is the path to the make(1) program that is used in the pkgsrc
      infrastructure. GMAKE is the path to GNU Make, but you need to say
      USE_TOOLS+=gmake to use that. MAKE_PROGRAM is the path to the Make
      program that is used for building the package.

22.3. What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER?

      CC is the path to the real C compiler, which can be configured by the
      pkgsrc user. PKG_CC is the path to the compiler wrapper. PKGSRC_COMPILER
      is not a path to a compiler, but the type of compiler that should be
      used. See mk/compiler.mk for more information about the latter variable.

22.4. What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and
      BUILDLINK_LIBS?

      [FIXME]

22.5. Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty?

      For optimization reasons, some variables are only available in the
      "wrapper" phase and later. To "simulate" the wrapper phase, append
      PKG_PHASE=wrapper to the above command.

22.6. What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand
      the := inside it.

      The := is not really an assignment operator, like you might expect at
      first sight. Instead, it is a degenerate form of ${LIST:old_string=
      new_string}, which is documented in the make(1) man page and which you
      may have seen as in ${SRCS:.c=.o}. In the case of MASTER_SITE_*,
      old_string is the empty string and new_string is package/. That's where
      the : and the = fall together.

22.7. Which mailing lists are there for package developers?

      tech-pkg

          This is a list for technical discussions related to pkgsrc
          development, e.g. soliciting feedback for changes to pkgsrc
          infrastructure, proposed new features, questions related to porting
          pkgsrc to a new platform, advice for maintaining a package, patches
          that affect many packages, help requests moved from pkgsrc-users when
          an infrastructure bug is found, etc.

      pkgsrc-bugs

          All bug reports in category "pkg" sent with send-pr(1) appear here.
          Please do not report your bugs here directly; use one of the other
          mailing lists.

22.8. Where is the pkgsrc documentation?

      There are many places where you can find documentation about pkgsrc:

        * The pkgsrc guide (this document) is a collection of chapters that
          explain large parts of pkgsrc, but some chapters tend to be outdated.
          Which ones they are is hard to say.

        * On the mailing list archives (see http://mail-index.NetBSD.org/), you
          can find discussions about certain features, announcements of new
          parts of the pkgsrc infrastructure and sometimes even announcements
          that a certain feature has been marked as obsolete. The benefit here
          is that each message has a date appended to it.

        * Many of the files in the mk/ directory start with a comment that
          describes the purpose of the file and how it can be used by the
          pkgsrc user and package authors. An easy way to find this
          documentation is to run bmake help.

        * The CVS log messages are a rich source of information, but they tend
          to be highly abbreviated, especially for actions that occur often.
          Some contain a detailed description of what has changed, but they are
          geared towards the other pkgsrc developers, not towards an average
          pkgsrc user. They also only document changes, so if you don't know
          what has been before, these messages may not be worth too much to
          you.

        * Some parts of pkgsrc are only "implicitly documented", that is the
          documentation exists only in the mind of the developer who wrote the
          code. To get this information, use the cvs annotate command to see
          who has written it and ask on the tech-pkg mailing list, so that
          others can find your questions later (see above). To be sure that the
          developer in charge reads the mail, you may CC him or her.

22.9. I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?

      This is not really an FAQ yet, but here's the answer anyway.

        * Run pkg_chk -N (from the pkgtools/pkg_chk package). It will tell you
          about newer versions of installed packages that are available, but
          not yet updated in pkgsrc.

        * Browse pkgsrc/doc/TODO ? it contains a list of suggested new packages
          and a list of cleanups and enhancements for pkgsrc that would be nice
          to have.

        * Review packages for which review was requested on the pkgsrc-wip
          review mailing list.

Chapter 23. GNOME packaging and porting

Table of Contents

23.1. Meta packages
23.2. Packaging a GNOME application
23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version
23.4. Patching guidelines

Quoting GNOME's web site:

    The GNOME project provides two things: The GNOME desktop environment, an
    intuitive and attractive desktop for users, and the GNOME development
    platform, an extensive framework for building applications that integrate
    into the rest of the desktop.

pkgsrc provides a seamless way to automatically build and install a complete
GNOME environment under many different platforms. We can say with confidence
that pkgsrc is one of the most advanced build and packaging systems for GNOME
due to its included technologies buildlink3, the wrappers and tools framework
and automatic configuration file management. Lots of efforts are put into
achieving a completely clean deinstallation of installed software components.

Given that pkgsrc is NetBSD's official packaging system, the above also means
that great efforts are put into making GNOME work under this operating system.
Recently, DragonFly BSD also adopted pkgsrc as its preferred packaging system,
contributing lots of portability fixes to make GNOME build and install under
it.

This chapter is aimed at pkgsrc developers and other people interested in
helping our GNOME porting and packaging efforts. It provides instructions on
how to manage the existing packages and some important information regarding
their internals.

We need your help!

Should you have some spare cycles to devote to NetBSD, pkgsrc and GNOME and are
willing to learn new exciting stuff, please jump straight to the pending work
list! There is still a long way to go to get a fully-functional GNOME desktop
under NetBSD and we need your help to achieve it!

23.1. Meta packages

pkgsrc includes three GNOME-related meta packages:

  * meta-pkgs/gnome-base: Provides the core GNOME desktop environment. It only
    includes the necessary bits to get it to boot correctly, although it may
    lack important functionality for daily operation. The idea behind this
    package is to let end users build their own configurations on top of this
    one, first installing this meta package to achieve a functional setup and
    then adding individual applications.

  * meta-pkgs/gnome: Provides a complete installation of the GNOME platform and
    desktop as defined by the GNOME project; this is based on the components
    distributed in the platform/x.y/x.y.z/sources and desktop/x.y/x.y.z/sources
    directories of the official FTP server. Developer-only tools found in those
    directories are not installed unless required by some other component to
    work properly. Similarly, packages from the bindings set (bindings/x.y/
    x.y.z/sources) are not pulled in unless required as a dependency for an
    end-user component. This package "extends" meta-pkgs/gnome-base.

  * meta-pkgs/gnome-devel: Installs all the tools required to build a GNOME
    component when fetched from the CVS repository. These are required to let
    the autogen.sh scripts work appropriately.

In all these packages, the DEPENDS lines are sorted in a way that eases
updates: a package may depend on other packages listed before it but not on any
listed after it. It is very important to keep this order to ease updates so...
do not change it to alphabetical sorting!

23.2. Packaging a GNOME application

Almost all GNOME applications are written in C and use a common set of tools as
their build system. Things get different with the new bindings to other
languages (such as Python), but the following will give you a general idea on
the minimum required tools:

  * Almost all GNOME applications use the GNU Autotools as their build system.
    As a general rule you will need to tell this to your package:

    GNU_CONFIGURE=yes
    USE_LIBTOOL=yes
    USE_TOOLS+=gmake

  * If the package uses pkg-config to detect dependencies, add this tool to the
    list of required utilities:

    USE_TOOLS+=pkg-config

    Also use pkgtools/verifypc at the end of the build process to ensure that
    you did not miss to specify any dependency in your package and that the
    version requirements are all correct.

  * If the package uses intltool, be sure to add intltool to the USE_TOOLS to
    handle dependencies and to force the package to use the latest available
    version.

  * If the package uses gtk-doc (a documentation generation utility), do not
    add a dependency on it. The tool is rather big and the distfile should come
    with pregenerated documentation anyway; if it does not, it is a bug that
    you ought to report. For such packages you should disable gtk-doc (unless
    it is the default):

    CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--disable-gtk-doc

    The default location of installed HTML files (share/gtk-doc/<package-name>)
    is correct and should not be changed unless the package insists on
    installing them somewhere else. Otherwise programs as devhelp will not be
    able to open them. You can do that with an entry similar to:

    CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--with-html-dir=${PREFIX}/share/gtk-doc/...

GNOME uses multiple shared directories and files under the installation prefix
to maintain databases. In this context, shared means that those exact same
directories and files are used among several different packages, leading to
conflicts in the PLIST. pkgsrc currently includes functionality to handle the
most common cases, so you have to forget about using @unexec ${RMDIR} lines in
your file lists and omitting shared files from them. If you find yourself doing
those, your package is most likely incorrect.

The following table lists the common situations that result in using shared
directories or files. For each of them, the appropriate solution is given.
After applying the solution be sure to regenerate the package's file list with
make print-PLIST and ensure it is correct.

Table 23.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages

+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|             If the package...             |             Then...             |
|-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------|
|                                           |See Section 19.6.10, "Packages   |
|Installs OMF files under share/omf.        |installing scrollkeeper data     |
|                                           |files".                          |
|-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------|
|Installs icons under the share/icons/      |See Section 19.6.19, "Packages   |
|hicolor hierarchy or updates share/icons/  |installing hicolor theme icons". |
|hicolor/icon-theme.cache.                  |                                 |
|-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------|
|                                           |See Section 19.6.14, "Packages   |
|Installs files under share/mime/packages.  |installing extensions to the MIME|
|                                           |database".                       |
|-------------------------------------------+---------------------------------|
|Installs .desktop files under share/       |See Section 19.6.20, "Packages   |
|applications and these include MIME        |installing desktop files".       |
|information.                               |                                 |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------+


23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version

When seeing GNOME as a whole, there are two kinds of updates:

Major update

    Given that there is still a very long way for GNOME 3 (if it ever appears),
    we consider a major update one that goes from a 2.X version to a 2.Y one,
    where Y is even and greater than X. These are hard to achieve because they
    introduce lots of changes in the components' code and almost all GNOME
    distfiles are updated to newer versions. Some of them can even break API
    and ABI compatibility with the previous major version series. As a result,
    the update needs to be done all at once to minimize breakage.

    A major update typically consists of around 80 package updates and the
    addition of some new ones.

Minor update

    We consider a minor update one that goes from a 2.A.X version to a 2.A.Y
    one where Y is greater than X. These are easy to achieve because they do
    not update all GNOME components, can be done in an incremental way and do
    not break API nor ABI compatibility.

    A minor update typically consists of around 50 package updates, although
    the numbers here may vary a lot.

In order to update the GNOME components in pkgsrc to a new stable release
(either major or minor), the following steps should be followed:

 1. Get a list of all the tarballs that form the new release by using the
    following commands. These will leave the full list of the components's
    distfiles into the list.txt file:

    % echo ls "*.tar.bz2" | \
        ftp -V ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/platform/x.y/x.y.z/sources/ | \
        awk '{ print $9 }' >list.txt
    % echo ls "*.tar.bz2" | \
        ftp -V ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/desktop/x.y/x.y.z/sources/ | \
        awk '{ print $9 }' >>list.txt

 2. Open each meta package's Makefile and bump their version to the release you
    are updating them to. The three meta packages should be always consistent
    with versioning. Obviously remove any PKGREVISIONs that might be in them.

 3. For each meta package, update all its DEPENDS lines to match the latest
    versions as shown by the above commands. Do not list any newer version
    (even if found in the FTP) because the meta packages are supposed to list
    the exact versions that form a specific GNOME release. Exceptions are
    permitted here if a newer version solves a serious issue in the overall
    desktop experience; these typically come in the form of a revision bump in
    pkgsrc, not in newer versions from the developers.

    Packages not listed in the list.txt file should be updated to the latest
    version available (if found in pkgsrc). This is the case, for example, of
    the dependencies on the GNU Autotools in the meta-pkgs/gnome-devel meta
    package.

 4. Generate a patch from the modified meta packages and extract the list of
    "new" lines. This will provide you an outline on what packages need to be
    updated in pkgsrc and in what order:

    % cvs diff -u gnome-devel gnome-base gnome | grep '^+D' >todo.txt

 5. For major desktop updates it is recommended to zap all your installed
    packages and start over from scratch at this point.

 6. Now comes the longest step by far: iterate over the contents of todo.txt
    and update the packages listed in it in order. For major desktop updates
    none of these should be committed until the entire set is completed because
    there are chances of breaking not-yet-updated packages.

 7. Once the packages are up to date and working, commit them to the tree one
    by one with appropriate log messages. At the end, commit the three meta
    package updates and all the corresponding changes to the doc/CHANGES-<YEAR>
    and pkgsrc/doc/TODO files.

23.4. Patching guidelines

GNOME is a very big component in pkgsrc which approaches 100 packages. Please,
it is very important that you always, always, always feed back any portability
fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see
Section 11.3.5, "Feedback to the author"). This is the only way to get their
attention on portability issues and to ensure that future versions can be built
out-of-the box on NetBSD. The less custom patches in pkgsrc, the easier further
updates are. Those developers in charge of issuing major GNOME updates will be
grateful if you do that.

The most common places to report bugs are the GNOME's Bugzilla and the
freedesktop.org's Bugzilla. Not all components use these to track bugs, but
most of them do. Do not be short on your reports: always provide detailed
explanations of the current failure, how it can be improved to achieve maximum
portability and, if at all possible, provide a patch against CVS head. The more
verbose you are, the higher chances of your patch being accepted.

Also, please avoid using preprocessor magic to fix portability issues. While
the FreeBSD GNOME people are doing a great job in porting GNOME to their
operating system, the official GNOME sources are now plagued by conditionals
that check for __FreeBSD__ and similar macros. This hurts portability. Please
see our patching guidelines (Section 11.3.4, "Patching guidelines") for more
details.

Part III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals

This part of the guide deals with everything from the infrastructure that is
behind the interfaces described in the developer's guide. A casual package
maintainer should not need anything from this part.

Table of Contents

24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure

    24.1. The meaning of variable definitions
    24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise
    24.3. Variable evaluation

        24.3.1. At load time
        24.3.2. At runtime

    24.4. How can variables be specified?
    24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments

        24.5.1. Procedures with parameters
        24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters

    24.6. The order in which files are loaded

        24.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk
        24.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk

25. Regression tests

    25.1. The regression tests framework
    25.2. Running the regression tests
    25.3. Adding a new regression test

        25.3.1. Overridable functions
        25.3.2. Helper functions

26. Porting pkgsrc

    26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system
    26.2. Adding support for a new compiler

Chapter 24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure

Table of Contents

24.1. The meaning of variable definitions
24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise
24.3. Variable evaluation

    24.3.1. At load time
    24.3.2. At runtime

24.4. How can variables be specified?
24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments

    24.5.1. Procedures with parameters
    24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters

24.6. The order in which files are loaded

    24.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk
    24.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk

The pkgsrc infrastructure consists of many small Makefile fragments. Each such
fragment needs a properly specified interface. This chapter explains how such
an interface looks like.

24.1. The meaning of variable definitions

Whenever a variable is defined in the pkgsrc infrastructure, the location and
the way of definition provide much information about the intended use of that
variable. Additionally, more documentation may be found in a header comment or
in this pkgsrc guide.

A special file is mk/defaults/mk.conf, which lists all variables that are
intended to be user-defined. They are either defined using the ?= operator or
they are left undefined because defining them to anything would effectively
mean "yes". All these variables may be overridden by the pkgsrc user in the
MAKECONF file.

Outside this file, the following conventions apply: Variables that are defined
using the ?= operator may be overridden by a package.

Variables that are defined using the = operator may be used read-only at
run-time.

Variables whose name starts with an underscore must not be accessed outside the
pkgsrc infrastructure at all. They may change without further notice.

Note

These conventions are currently not applied consistently to the complete pkgsrc
infrastructure.

24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise

All variables that contain lists of things should default to being empty. Two
examples that do not follow this rule are USE_LANGUAGES and DISTFILES. These
variables cannot simply be modified using the += operator in package Makefiles
(or other files included by them), since there is no guarantee whether the
variable is already set or not, and what its value is. In the case of
DISTFILES, the packages "know" the default value and just define it as in the
following example.

DISTFILES=      ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX} additional-files.tar.gz

Because of the selection of this default value, the same value appears in many
package Makefiles. Similarly for USE_LANGUAGES, but in this case the default
value ("c") is so short that it doesn't stand out. Nevertheless it is mentioned
in many files.

24.3. Variable evaluation

24.3.1. At load time

Variable evaluation takes place either at load time or at runtime, depending on
the context in which they occur. The contexts where variables are evaluated at
load time are:

  * The right hand side of the := and != operators,

  * Make directives like .if or .for,

  * Dependency lines.

A special exception are references to the iteration variables of .for loops,
which are expanded inline, no matter in which context they appear.

As the values of variables may change during load time, care must be taken not
to evaluate them by accident. Typical examples for variables that should not be
evaluated at load time are DEPENDS and CONFIGURE_ARGS. To make the effect more
clear, here is an example:

CONFIGURE_ARGS=         # none
CFLAGS=                 -O
CONFIGURE_ARGS+=        CFLAGS=${CFLAGS:Q}

CONFIGURE_ARGS:=        ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}

CFLAGS+=                -Wall


This code shows how the use of the := operator can quickly lead to unexpected
results. The first paragraph is fairly common code. The second paragraph
evaluates the CONFIGURE_ARGS variable, which results in CFLAGS=-O. In the third
paragraph, the -Wall is appended to the CFLAGS, but this addition will not
appear in CONFIGURE_ARGS. In actual code, the three paragraphs from above
typically occur in completely unrelated files.

24.3.2. At runtime

After all the files have been loaded, the values of the variables cannot be
changed anymore. Variables that are used in the shell commands are expanded at
this point.

24.4. How can variables be specified?

There are many ways in which the definition and use of a variable can be
restricted in order to detect bugs and violations of the (mostly unwritten)
policies. See the pkglint developer's documentation for further details.

24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments

Most of the .mk files fall into one of the following classes. Cases where a
file falls into more than one class should be avoided as it often leads to
subtle bugs.

24.5.1. Procedures with parameters

In a traditional imperative programming language some of the .mk files could be
described as procedures. They take some input parameters and?after inclusion?
provide a result in output parameters. Since all variables in Makefiles have
global scope care must be taken not to use parameter names that have already
another meaning. For example, PKGNAME is a bad choice for a parameter name.

Procedures are completely evaluated at preprocessing time. That is, when
calling a procedure all input parameters must be completely resolvable. For
example, CONFIGURE_ARGS should never be an input parameter since it is very
likely that further text will be added after calling the procedure, which would
effectively apply the procedure to only a part of the variable. Also,
references to other variables wit will be modified after calling the procedure.

A procedure can declare its output parameters either as suitable for use in
preprocessing directives or as only available at runtime. The latter
alternative is for variables that contain references to other runtime
variables.

Procedures shall be written such that it is possible to call the procedure more
than once. That is, the file must not contain multiple-inclusion guards.

Examples for procedures are mk/bsd.options.mk and mk/buildlink3/bsd.builtin.mk.
To express that the parameters are evaluated at load time, they should be
assigned using the := operator, which should be used only for this purpose.

24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters

Action files take some input parameters and may define runtime variables. They
shall not define loadtime variables. There are action files that are included
implicitly by the pkgsrc infrastructure, while other must be included
explicitly.

An example for action files is mk/subst.mk.

24.6. The order in which files are loaded

Package Makefiles usually consist of a set of variable definitions, and include
the file ../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk in the very last line. Before that, they may also
include various other *.mk files if they need to query the availability of
certain features like the type of compiler or the X11 implementation. Due to
the heavy use of preprocessor directives like .if and .for, the order in which
the files are loaded matters.

This section describes at which point the various files are loaded and gives
reasons for that order.

24.6.1. The order in bsd.prefs.mk

The very first action in bsd.prefs.mk is to define some essential variables
like OPSYS, OS_VERSION and MACHINE_ARCH.

Then, the user settings are loaded from the file specified in MAKECONF, which
is usually mk.conf. After that, those variables that have not been overridden
by the user are loaded from mk/defaults/mk.conf.

After the user settings, the system settings and platform settings are loaded,
which may override the user settings.

Then, the tool definitions are loaded. The tool wrappers are not yet in effect.
This only happens when building a package, so the proper variables must be used
instead of the direct tool names.

As the last steps, some essential variables from the wrapper and the package
system flavor are loaded, as well as the variables that have been cached in
earlier phases of a package build.

24.6.2. The order in bsd.pkg.mk

First, bsd.prefs.mk is loaded.

Then, the various *-vars.mk files are loaded, which fill default values for
those variables that have not been defined by the package. These variables may
later be used even in unrelated files.

Then, the file bsd.pkg.error.mk provides the target error-check that is added
as a special dependency to all other targets that use DELAYED_ERROR_MSG or
DELAYED_WARNING_MSG.

Then, the package-specific hacks from hacks.mk are included.

Then, various other files follow. Most of them don't have any dependencies on
what they need to have included before or after them, though some do.

The code to check PKG_FAIL_REASON and PKG_SKIP_REASON is then executed, which
restricts the use of these variables to all the files that have been included
before. Appearances in later files will be silently ignored.

Then, the files for the main targets are included, in the order of later
execution, though the actual order should not matter.

At last, some more files are included that don't set any interesting variables
but rather just define make targets to be executed.

Chapter 25. Regression tests

Table of Contents

25.1. The regression tests framework
25.2. Running the regression tests
25.3. Adding a new regression test

    25.3.1. Overridable functions
    25.3.2. Helper functions

The pkgsrc infrastructure consists of a large codebase, and there are many
corners where every little bit of a file is well thought out, making pkgsrc
likely to fail as soon as anything is changed near those parts. To prevent most
changes from breaking anything, a suite of regression tests should go along
with every important part of the pkgsrc infrastructure. This chapter describes
how regression tests work in pkgsrc and how you can add new tests.

25.1. The regression tests framework

25.2. Running the regression tests

You first need to install the pkgtools/pkg_regress package, which provides the
pkg_regress command. Then you can simply run that command, which will run all
tests in the regress category.

25.3. Adding a new regression test

Every directory in the regress category that contains a file called spec is
considered a regression test. This file is a shell program that is included by
the pkg_regress command. The following functions can be overridden to suit your
needs.

25.3.1. Overridable functions

These functions do not take any parameters. They are all called in "set -e"
mode, so you should be careful to check the exitcodes of any commands you run
in the test.

do_setup()

    This function prepares the environment for the test. By default it does
    nothing.

do_test()

    This function runs the actual test. By default, it calls TEST_MAKE with the
    arguments MAKEARGS_TEST and writes its output including error messages into
    the file TEST_OUTFILE.

check_result()

    This function is run after the test and is typically used to compare the
    actual output from the one that is expected. It can make use of the various
    helper functions from the next section.

do_cleanup()

    This function cleans everything up after the test has been run. By default
    it does nothing.

25.3.2. Helper functions

exit_status(expected)

    This function compares the exitcode of the do_test() function with its
    first parameter. If they differ, the test will fail.

output_require(regex...)

    This function checks for each of its parameters if the output from do_test
    () matches the extended regular expression. If it does not, the test will
    fail.

output_prohibit(regex...)

    This function checks for each of its parameters if the output from do_test
    () does not match the extended regular expression. If any of the regular
    expressions matches, the test will fail.

Chapter 26. Porting pkgsrc

Table of Contents

26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system
26.2. Adding support for a new compiler

The pkgsrc system has already been ported to many operating systems, hardware
architectures and compilers. This chapter explains the necessary steps to make
pkgsrc even more portable.

26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system

To port pkgsrc to a new operating system (called MyOS in this example), you
need to touch the following files:

pkgtools/bootstrap-mk-files/files/mods/MyOS.sys.mk

    This file contains some basic definitions, for example the name of the C
    compiler.

mk/bsd.prefs.mk

    Insert code that defines the variables OPSYS, OS_VERSION, LOWER_OS_VERSION,
    LOWER_VENDOR, MACHINE_ARCH, OBJECT_FMT, APPEND_ELF, and the other variables
    that appear in this file.

mk/platform/MyOS.mk

    This file contains the platform-specific definitions that are used by
    pkgsrc. Start by copying one of the other files and edit it to your needs.

mk/platform/MyOS.pkg.dist

    This file contains a list of directories, together with their permission
    bits and ownership. These directories will be created automatically with
    every package that explicitly sets USE_MTREE. This feature will be removed.

mk/platform/MyOS.x11.dist

    Just copy one of the pre-existing x11.dist files to your MyOS.x11.dist.

mk/tools/bootstrap.mk

    On some operating systems, the tools that are provided with the base system
    are not good enough for pkgsrc. For example, there are many versions of sed
    (1) that have a narrow limit on the line length they can process. Therefore
    pkgsrc brings its own tools, which can be enabled here.

mk/tools/tools.MyOS.mk

    This file defines the paths to all the tools that are needed by one or the
    other package in pkgsrc, as well as by pkgsrc itself. Find out where these
    tools are on your platform and add them.

Now, you should be able to build some basic packages, like lang/perl5, shells/
bash.

26.2. Adding support for a new compiler

TODO

Appendix A. A simple example package: bison

Table of Contents

A.1. files

    A.1.1. Makefile
    A.1.2. DESCR
    A.1.3. PLIST
    A.1.4. Checking a package with pkglint

A.2. Steps for building, installing, packaging

We checked to find a piece of software that wasn't in the packages collection,
and picked GNU bison. Quite why someone would want to have bison when Berkeley
yacc is already present in the tree is beyond us, but it's useful for the
purposes of this exercise.

A.1. files

A.1.1. Makefile

# $NetBSD$
#

DISTNAME=       bison-1.25
CATEGORIES=     devel
MASTER_SITES=   ${MASTER_SITE_GNU}

MAINTAINER=     thorpej@NetBSD.org
HOMEPAGE=       http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/bison.html
COMMENT=        GNU yacc clone

GNU_CONFIGURE=  yes
INFO_FILES=     bison.info

.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk"

A.1.2. DESCR

GNU version of yacc.  Can make re-entrant parsers, and numerous other
improvements.  Why you would want this when Berkeley yacc(1) is part
of the NetBSD source tree is beyond me.

A.1.3. PLIST

@comment $NetBSD$
bin/bison
man/man1/bison.1.gz
share/bison.simple
share/bison.hairy

A.1.4. Checking a package with pkglint

The NetBSD package system comes with pkgtools/pkglint which helps to check the
contents of these files. After installation it is quite easy to use, just
change to the directory of the package you wish to examine and execute pkglint:

$ pkglint
looks fine.

Depending on the supplied command line arguments (see pkglint(1)), more checks
will be performed. Use e.g. pkglint -Call -Wall for a very thorough check.

A.2. Steps for building, installing, packaging

Create the directory where the package lives, plus any auxiliary directories:

# cd /usr/pkgsrc/lang
# mkdir bison
# cd bison
# mkdir patches

Create Makefile, DESCR and PLIST (see Chapter 11, Package components - files,
directories and contents) then continue with fetching the distfile:

# make fetch
>> bison-1.25.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist on this system.
>> Attempting to fetch from ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu//.
Requesting ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu//bison-1.25.tar.gz (via ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/)
ftp: Error retrieving file: 500 Internal error

>> Attempting to fetch from ftp://wuarchive.wustl.edu/systems/gnu//.
Requesting ftp://wuarchive.wustl.edu/systems/gnu//bison-1.25.tar.gz (via ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/)
ftp: Error retrieving file: 500 Internal error

>> Attempting to fetch from ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles//.
Requesting ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles//bison-1.25.tar.gz (via ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/)
Successfully retrieved file.

Generate the checksum of the distfile into distinfo:

# make makedistinfo

Now compile:

# make
>> Checksum OK for bison-1.25.tar.gz.
===>  Extracting for bison-1.25
===>  Patching for bison-1.25
===>   Ignoring empty patch directory
===>  Configuring for bison-1.25
creating cache ./config.cache
checking for gcc... cc
checking whether we are using GNU C... yes
checking for a BSD compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin
checking how to run the C preprocessor... cc -E
checking for minix/config.h... no
checking for POSIXized ISC... no
checking whether cross-compiling... no
checking for ANSI C header files... yes
checking for string.h... yes
checking for stdlib.h... yes
checking for memory.h... yes
checking for working const... yes
checking for working alloca.h... no
checking for alloca... yes
checking for strerror... yes
updating cache ./config.cache
creating ./config.status
creating Makefile
===>  Building for bison-1.25
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g LR0.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g allocate.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g closure.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g conflicts.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g derives.c
cc -c -DXPFILE=\"/usr/pkg/share/bison.simple\"  -DXPFILE1=\"/usr/pkg/share/bison.hairy\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1  -g  ./files.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g getargs.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g gram.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g lalr.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g lex.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g main.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g nullable.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g output.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g print.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g reader.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g reduce.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g symtab.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g warshall.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g version.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g getopt.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include  -g getopt1.c
cc  -g -o bison LR0.o allocate.o closure.o conflicts.o derives.o files.o         getargs.o gram.o lalr.o lex.o                                   main.o nullable.o output.o print.o reader.o reduce.o symtab.o   warshall.o version.o getopt.o getopt1.o
./files.c:240: warning: mktemp() possibly used unsafely, consider using mkstemp()
rm -f bison.s1
sed -e "/^#line/ s|bison|/usr/pkg/share/bison|" < ./bison.simple > bison.s1

Everything seems OK, so install the files:

# make install
>> Checksum OK for bison-1.25.tar.gz.
===>  Installing for bison-1.25
sh ./mkinstalldirs /usr/pkg/bin /usr/pkg/share  /usr/pkg/info /usr/pkg/man/man1
rm -f /usr/pkg/bin/bison
cd /usr/pkg/share; rm -f bison.simple bison.hairy
rm -f /usr/pkg/man/man1/bison.1 /usr/pkg/info/bison.info*
install -c  -o bin -g bin -m 555 bison /usr/pkg/bin/bison
/usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 bison.s1 /usr/pkg/share/bison.simple
/usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 ./bison.hairy /usr/pkg/share/bison.hairy
cd .; for f in bison.info*;  do /usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 $f /usr/pkg/info/$f; done
/usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 ./bison.1 /usr/pkg/man/man1/bison.1
===>  Registering installation for bison-1.25

You can now use bison, and also - if you decide so - remove it with pkg_delete
bison. Should you decide that you want a binary package, do this now:

# make package
>> Checksum OK for bison-1.25.tar.gz.
===>  Building package for bison-1.25
Creating package bison-1.25.tgz
Registering depends:.
Creating gzip'd tar ball in '/u/pkgsrc/lang/bison/bison-1.25.tgz'

Now that you don't need the source and object files any more, clean up:

# make clean
===>  Cleaning for bison-1.25

Appendix B. Build logs

Table of Contents

B.1. Building figlet
B.2. Packaging figlet

B.1. Building figlet

# make
===> Checking for vulnerabilities in figlet-2.2.1nb2
=> figlet221.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist on this system.
=> Attempting to fetch figlet221.tar.gz from ftp://ftp.figlet.org/pub/figlet/program/unix/.
=> [172219 bytes]
Connected to ftp.plig.net.
220 ftp.plig.org NcFTPd Server (licensed copy) ready.
331 Guest login ok, send your complete e-mail address as password.
230-You are user #5 of 500 simultaneous users allowed.
230-
230-  ___ _             _ _
230- |  _| |_ ___   ___| |_|___   ___ ___ ___
230- |  _|  _| . |_| . | | | . |_| . |  _| . |
230- |_| |_| |  _|_|  _|_|_|_  |_|___|_| |_  |
230-         |_|   |_|     |___|         |___|
230-
230-** Welcome to ftp.plig.org **
230-
230-Please note that all transfers from this FTP site are logged. If you
230-do not like this, please disconnect now.
230-
230-This arhive is available via
230-
230-HTTP:  http://ftp.plig.org/
230-FTP:   ftp://ftp.plig.org/     (max 500 connections)
230-RSYNC: rsync://ftp.plig.org/   (max  30 connections)
230-
230-Please email comments, bug reports and requests for packages to be
230-mirrored to ftp-admin@plig.org.
230-
230-
230 Logged in anonymously.
Remote system type is UNIX.
Using binary mode to transfer files.
200 Type okay.
250 "/pub" is new cwd.
250-"/pub/figlet" is new cwd.
250-
250-Welcome to the figlet archive at ftp.figlet.org
250-
250-    ftp://ftp.figlet.org/pub/figlet/
250-
250-The official FIGlet web page is:
250-    http://www.figlet.org/
250-
250-If you have questions, please mailto:info@figlet.org. If you want to
250-contribute a font or something else, you can email us.
250
250 "/pub/figlet/program" is new cwd.
250 "/pub/figlet/program/unix" is new cwd.
local: figlet221.tar.gz remote: figlet221.tar.gz
502 Unimplemented command.
227 Entering Passive Mode (195,40,6,41,246,104)
150 Data connection accepted from 84.128.86.72:65131; transfer starting for figlet221.tar.gz (172219 bytes).
38% |**************                       | 65800      64.16 KB/s    00:01 ETA
226 Transfer completed.
172219 bytes received in 00:02 (75.99 KB/s)
221 Goodbye.
=> Checksum OK for figlet221.tar.gz.
===> Extracting for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Required installed package ccache-[0-9]*: ccache-2.3nb1 found
===> Patching for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Applying pkgsrc patches for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Overriding tools for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Creating toolchain wrappers for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Configuring for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Building for figlet-2.2.1nb2
gcc -O2 -DDEFAULTFONTDIR=\"/usr/pkg/share/figlet\"  -DDEFAULTFONTFILE=\"standard.flf\"  figlet.c zipio.c crc.c inflate.c -o figlet
chmod a+x figlet
gcc -O2 -o chkfont chkfont.c
=> Unwrapping files-to-be-installed.
#
# make install
===> Checking for vulnerabilities in figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Installing for figlet-2.2.1nb2
install -d -o root -g wheel -m 755 /usr/pkg/bin
install -d -o root -g wheel -m 755 /usr/pkg/man/man6
mkdir -p /usr/pkg/share/figlet
cp figlet /usr/pkg/bin
cp chkfont /usr/pkg/bin
chmod 555 figlist showfigfonts
cp figlist /usr/pkg/bin
cp showfigfonts /usr/pkg/bin
cp fonts/*.flf /usr/pkg/share/figlet
cp fonts/*.flc /usr/pkg/share/figlet
cp figlet.6 /usr/pkg/man/man6
===> Registering installation for figlet-2.2.1nb2
#

B.2. Packaging figlet

# make package
===> Checking for vulnerabilities in figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Packaging figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Building binary package for figlet-2.2.1nb2
Creating package /home/cvs/pkgsrc/packages/i386/All/figlet-2.2.1nb2.tgz
Using SrcDir value of /usr/pkg
Registering depends:.
#

Appendix C. Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server

Table of Contents

C.1. bootstrap-pkgsrc: Bootstrap kits
C.2. distfiles: The distributed source files
C.3. iso: Currently empty
C.4. misc: Miscellaneous things
C.5. packages: Binary packages
C.6. reports: Bulk build reports
C.7. current, pkgsrc-200xQy: source packages

As in other big projects, the directory layout of pkgsrc is quite complex for
newbies. This chapter explains where you find things on the FTP server. The
base directory on ftp.NetBSD.org is /pub/pkgsrc/. On other servers it may be
different, but inside this directory, everything should look the same, no
matter on which server you are. This directory contains some subdirectories,
which are explained below.

C.1. bootstrap-pkgsrc: Bootstrap kits

This directory used to contain binary packages of the package management tools
for various platforms. For those package collections that need them, they are
now stored near the binary packages, so you should look in the packages
directory.

C.2. distfiles: The distributed source files

The directory distfiles contains lots of archive files from all pkgsrc
packages, which are mirrored here. The subdirectories are called after their
package names and are used when the distributed files have names that don't
explicitly contain a version number or are otherwise too generic (for example
release.tar.gz).

C.3. iso: Currently empty

This directory is currently not in use.

C.4. misc: Miscellaneous things

This directory contains things that individual pkgsrc developers find worth
publishing.

C.5. packages: Binary packages

This directory contains binary packages for the various platforms that are
supported by pkgsrc. Each subdirectory is of the form OPSYS/ARCH/OSVERSION_TAG.
The meaning of these variables is:

  * OPSYS is the name of the operating system for which the packages have been
    built. The name is taken from the output of the uname command, so it may
    differ from the one you are used to hear.

  * ARCH is the hardware architecture of the platform for which the packages
    have been built. It also includes the ABI (Application Binary Interface)
    for platforms that have several of them.

  * OSVERSION is the version of the operating system. For version numbers that
    change often (for example NetBSD-current), the often-changing part should
    be replaced with an x, for example 4.99.x.

  * TAG is either 200xQy for a stable branch, or head for packages built from
    the HEAD branch. The latter should only be used when the packages are
    updated on a regular basis. Otherwise the date from checking out pkgsrc
    should be appended, for example head_20071015.

The rationale for exactly this scheme is that the pkgsrc users looking for
binary packages can quickly click through the directories on the server and
find the best binary packages for their machines. Since they usually know the
operating system and the hardware architecture, OPSYS and ARCH are placed
first. After these choices, they can select the best combination of OSVERSION
and TAG together, since it is usually the case that packages stay compatible
between different version of the operating system.

In each of these directories, there is a whole binary packages collection for a
specific platform. It has a directory called All which contains all binary
packages. Besides that, there are various category directories that contain
symbolic links to the real binary packages.

C.6. reports: Bulk build reports

Here are the reports from bulk builds, for those who want to fix packages that
didn't build on some of the platforms. The structure of subdirectories should
look like the one in Section C.5, "packages: Binary packages".

C.7. current, pkgsrc-200xQy: source packages

These directories contain the "real" pkgsrc, that is the files that define how
to create binary packages from source archives.

The directory pkgsrc contains a snapshot of the CVS repository, which is
updated regularly. The file pkgsrc.tar.gz contains the same as the directory,
ready to be downloaded as a whole.

In the directories for the quarterly branches, there is an additional file
called pkgsrc-200xQy.tar.gz, which contains the state of pkgsrc when it was
branched.

Appendix D. Editing guidelines for the pkgsrc guide

Table of Contents

D.1. Make targets
D.2. Procedure

This section contains information on editing the pkgsrc guide itself.

D.1. Make targets

The pkgsrc guide's source code is stored in pkgsrc/doc/guide/files, and several
files are created from it:

  * pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.txt

  * pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.html

  * http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/

  * http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/pkgsrc.pdf: The PDF version of the pkgsrc
    guide.

  * http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/pkgsrc.ps: PostScript version of the
    pkgsrc guide.

D.2. Procedure

The procedure to edit the pkgsrc guide is:

 1. Make sure you have the packages needed to regenerate the pkgsrc guide (and
    other XML-based NetBSD documentation) installed. These are meta-pkgs/
    netbsd-doc for creating the ASCII and HTML versions, and meta-pkgs/
    netbsd-doc-print for the PostScript and PDF versions. You will need both
    packages installed, to make sure documentation is consistent across all
    formats.

 2. Run cd doc/guide to get to the right directory. All further steps will take
    place here.

 3. Edit the XML file(s) in files/.

 4. Run bmake to check the pkgsrc guide for valid XML and to build the final
    output files. If you get any errors at this stage, you can just edit the
    files, as there are only symbolic links in the working directory, pointing
    to the files in files/.

 5. (cd files && cvs commit)

 6. Run bmake clean && bmake to regenerate the output files with the proper RCS
    Ids.

 7. Run bmake regen to install and commit the files in both pkgsrc/doc and
    htdocs.

    Note

    If you have added, removed or renamed some chapters, you need to
    synchronize them using cvs add or cvs delete in the htdocs directory.